DN 16 · 大般涅槃经
13. 大般涅槃经
3. Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ
131如是我闻：有一次，世尊住在王舍城的灵鹫山上。那时，摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希之子，想要攻打跋耆人。他这样说：“我要消灭这些如此强大、如此有势力的跋耆人，我要摧毁跋耆人，我要让跋耆人遭受灾祸与毁灭。”
Evaṃ me sutaṃ – ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharati gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tena kho pana samayena rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo hoti. So evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmi vajjī’’ti .
132当时，摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希之子，召见了摩揭陀大臣瓦思咖拉婆罗门，对他说：“来吧，婆罗门，你去世尊那里。到了之后，用我的话，以头面礼世尊的双足，并问候他是否无病、无痛、身体轻快、有力、生活安稳。你就说：‘尊者，摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希之子，以头面礼世尊的双足，问候您是否无病、无痛、身体轻快、有力、生活安稳。’再这样说：‘尊者，摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希之子，想要攻打跋耆人。他这样说：“我要消灭这些如此强大、如此有势力的跋耆人，我要摧毁跋耆人，我要让跋耆人遭受灾祸与毁灭。”’你要好好记住世尊给你的回答，然后回来报告给我。因为如来是不会说不真实的话的。”
Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkama; upasaṅkamitvā mama vacanena bhagavato pāde sirasā vandāhi, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ puccha – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhagavato pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchatī’ti. Evañca vadehi – ‘rājā, bhante, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’’’ti. Yathā te bhagavā byākaroti, taṃ sādhukaṃ uggahetvā mama āroceyyāsi. Na hi tathāgatā vitathaṃ bhaṇantī’’ti.
4瓦萨咖拉婆罗门
Vassakārabrāhmaṇo
5瓦萨咖拉婆罗门
Vassakārabrāhmaṇo
133“好的，先生。”摩揭陀大臣瓦思咖拉婆罗门，回应了摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希之子后，让人备好一辆又一辆精美的车乘，登上一辆精美的车，乘着这些精美的车离开王舍城，前往灵鹫山。车子能通行的地方，他就乘车去；到了车子不能走的地方，他便下车，步行来到世尊面前。到了之后，和世尊相互致意问好。说过了令人欢喜、值得记忆的客气话后，就坐在一边。坐在一边的摩揭陀大臣瓦思咖拉婆罗门，对世尊这样说道：“尊敬的乔达摩，摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希之子，以头面礼尊敬的乔达摩的双足，问候您是否无病、无痛、身体轻快、有力、生活安稳。尊敬的乔达摩，摩揭陀国王阿阇世·韦提希之子，想要攻打跋耆人。他这样说：‘我要消灭这些如此强大、如此有势力的跋耆人，我要摧毁跋耆人，我要让跋耆人遭受灾祸与毁灭。’”
‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto rañño māgadhassa ajātasattussa vedehiputtassa paṭissutvā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi rājagahamhā niyyāsi, yena gijjhakūṭo pabbato tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikova yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi. Sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘rājā, bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto bhoto gotamassa pāde sirasā vandati, appābādhaṃ appātaṅkaṃ lahuṭṭhānaṃ balaṃ phāsuvihāraṃ pucchati. Rājā , bho gotama, māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto vajjī abhiyātukāmo. So evamāha – ‘ahaṃ hime vajjī evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve ucchecchāmi vajjī, vināsessāmi vajjī, anayabyasanaṃ āpādessāmī’’’ti.
7王不衰退法
Rājaaparihāniyadhammā
134那时，阿难尊者正站在世尊身后，为世尊扇着扇子。于是，世尊问阿难尊者说：“阿难，你有没有听说，跋耆人是否经常集会、频繁集会呢？”“尊者，我听说，跋耆人确实经常集会、频繁集会。”“阿难，只要跋耆人能够经常集会、频繁集会，那么，跋耆人就可以预期只会兴盛，而不会衰败。”
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā ānando bhagavato piṭṭhito ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno . Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
9“阿难，你有没有听说，跋耆人是否和合地集会、和合地起身、和合地处理跋耆族应办之事呢？”“尊者，我听说，跋耆人确实和合地集会、和合地起身、和合地处理跋耆族应办之事。”“阿难，只要跋耆人能够和合地集会、和合地起身、和合地处理跋耆族应办之事，那么，跋耆人就可以预期只会兴盛，而不会衰败。”
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ , ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī samaggā sannipatanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karontī’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā vajjikaraṇīyāni karissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
10“阿难，你有没有听说，跋耆人是否不制定尚未制定的法规，也不废除已经制定的法规，而是遵照往昔所制定的跋耆传统法规来行事呢？”“尊者，我听说，跋耆人确实不制定尚未制定的法规，也不废除已经制定的法规，而是遵照往昔所制定的跋耆传统法规来行事。”“阿难，只要跋耆人不制定尚未制定的法规，也不废除已经制定的法规，而是遵照往昔所制定的跋耆传统法规来行事，那么，跋耆人就可以预期只会兴盛，而不会衰败。”
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapenti, paññattaṃ na samucchindanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattantī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, ‘‘vajjī apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññatte porāṇe vajjidhamme samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
11“阿难，你听说过这样的事吗：跋耆人尊敬、尊重、礼敬、供养那些跋耆族中的长老们，并且重视他们的意见？”“世尊，我听说过这样的事：跋耆人尊敬、尊重、礼敬、供养那些跋耆族中的长老们，并且重视他们的意见。”“阿难，只要跋耆人持续尊敬、尊重、礼敬、供养那些跋耆族中的长老们，并且重视他们的意见，阿难，跋耆人就只会越来越强盛，不会衰败。”
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā, te sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññantī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī ye te vajjīnaṃ vajjimahallakā , te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
12“阿难，你听说过这样的事吗：跋耆人不会强行绑架、强迫那些良家妇女或少女？”“世尊，我听说过这样的事：跋耆人不会强行绑架、强迫那些良家妇女或少女。”“阿难，只要跋耆人继续不强行绑架、强迫那些良家妇女或少女，阿难，跋耆人就只会越来越强盛，不会衰败。”
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo tā na okkassa pasayha vāsentī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yā tā kulitthiyo kulakumāriyo, tā na okkassa pasayha vāsessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
13「阿难，你是否听说，『瓦基人凡是那些
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjī yāni tāni
14“阿难，你听说过这样的事吗：跋耆人尊敬、尊重、礼敬、供养那些跋耆族内外的塔庙圣迹，并且不废除过去所供奉的如法祭品？”“世尊，我听说过这样的事：跋耆人尊敬、尊重、礼敬、供养那些跋耆族内外的塔庙圣迹，并且不废除过去所供奉的如法祭品。”“阿难，只要跋耆人持续尊敬、尊重、礼敬、供养那些跋耆族内外的塔庙圣迹，并且不废除过去所供奉的如法祭品，阿难，跋耆人就只会越来越强盛，不会衰败。”
Vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’’’ti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante – ‘vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkaronti garuṃ karonti mānenti pūjenti tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpentī’’’ti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjī yāni tāni vajjīnaṃ vajjicetiyāni abbhantarāni ceva bāhirāni ca, tāni sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca dinnapubbaṃ katapubbaṃ dhammikaṃ baliṃ no parihāpessanti, vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
15“阿难，你听说过这样的事吗：跋耆人对阿拉汉们有妥善安排的正法保护、防卫和守护，心想：‘愿尚未到来的阿拉汉能来到我的国土，已经到来的阿拉汉能在我的国土中安稳居住’？”“世尊，我听说过这样的事：跋耆人对阿拉汉们有妥善安排的正法保护、防卫和守护，心想：‘愿尚未到来的阿拉汉能来到我的国土，已经到来的阿拉汉能在我的国土中安稳居住’。”“阿难，只要跋耆人对阿拉汉们继续保有妥善安排的正法保护、防卫和守护，心想：‘愿尚未到来的阿拉汉能来到我的国土，已经到来的阿拉汉能在我的国土中安稳居住’，阿难，跋耆人就只会越来越强盛，不会衰败。”
‘‘Kinti te, ānanda, sutaṃ, ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu’’’nti? ‘‘Sutaṃ metaṃ, bhante ‘vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyu’’’nti. ‘‘Yāvakīvañca, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ arahantesu dhammikā rakkhāvaraṇagutti susaṃvihitā bhavissati, kinti anāgatā ca arahanto vijitaṃ āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca arahanto vijite phāsu vihareyyunti. Vuddhiyeva, ānanda, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.
135那时，世尊对摩揭陀大臣瓦思咖拉婆罗门说：“婆罗门，有一次，我住在毗舍离的沙然达达塔庙。在那里，我为跋耆人开示了这七种不会退败的法。婆罗门，只要这七种不退法在跋耆人中保持着，而且跋耆人在这七种不退法上能被看见，婆罗门，跋耆人就只会越来越强盛，不会衰败。”
Atha kho bhagavā vassakāraṃ brāhmaṇaṃ magadhamahāmattaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ekamidāhaṃ, brāhmaṇa, samayaṃ vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade cetiye. Tatrāhaṃ vajjīnaṃ ime satta aparihāniye dhamme desesiṃ. Yāvakīvañca, brāhmaṇa, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā vajjīsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu vajjī sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, brāhmaṇa, vajjīnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.
17听了这话，摩揭陀大臣瓦思咖拉婆罗门对世尊说：“乔达摩大师，哪怕只具备一种不退法，跋耆人也只会越来越强盛，不会衰败，更不用说具足七种不退法了！乔达摩大师，摩揭陀王阿阇世·韦提希之子，对跋耆人是无法用战争去征服的，除非采用离间的手段，除非从内部去分化他们。好了，乔达摩大师，我们现在要告辞了，我们还有很多事情要做，非常忙碌。”“婆罗门，现在正是你该动身的时候了。”摩揭陀大臣瓦思咖拉婆罗门对世尊的话感到欢喜、满意，就从座位上起身，告辞离去了。”
Evaṃ vutte, vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘ekamekenapi, bho gotama, aparihāniyena dhammena samannāgatānaṃ vajjīnaṃ vuddhiyeva pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni . Ko pana vādo sattahi aparihāniyehi dhammehi. Akaraṇīyāva , bho gotama, vajjī raññā māgadhena ajātasattunā vedehiputtena yadidaṃ yuddhassa, aññatra upalāpanāya aññatra mithubhedā. Handa ca dāni mayaṃ, bho gotama, gacchāma , bahukiccā mayaṃ bahukaraṇīyā’’ti. ‘‘Yassadāni tvaṃ, brāhmaṇa, kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. Atha kho vassakāro brāhmaṇo magadhamahāmatto bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
18比丘不衰退法
Bhikkhuaparihāniyadhammā
136那时，瓦思咖拉婆罗门—那位摩揭陀大臣—离开后不久，世尊就对阿难尊者说：“阿难，你去把那些在王舍城周边活动的比丘，统统召集到集会堂来。” “好的，尊者。”阿难尊者应允了世尊，把那些在王舍城周边活动的比丘统统召集到集会堂后，就来到世尊那里。他走近世尊，向他礼敬，然后站在一旁。站在一旁的阿难尊者对世尊说：“尊者，僧团已经召集齐了。世尊您觉得时机合适，就请吧。”
Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkante vassakāre brāhmaṇe magadhamahāmatte āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū rājagahaṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.
20于是，世尊从座位上起身，走到集会堂。他走进集会堂，在铺好的座位上坐下。坐好后，世尊对比丘们说：“比丘们，我将为你们开示七种不退转法。你们仔细听，好好用心。我要说了。” “好的，尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊。世尊这样说：
Atha kho bhagavā uṭṭhāyāsanā yena upaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘satta vo, bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
21“比丘们，只要比丘们频繁而惯常地集会，那么，比丘们，就可以期待增长，而不会退失。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhū abhiṇhaṃ sannipātā sannipātabahulā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
22“比丘们，只要比丘们和合地集会，和合地散会，和合地处理僧团应办之事，那么，比丘们，就可以期待增长，而不会退失。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū samaggā sannipatissanti, samaggā vuṭṭhahissanti, samaggā saṅghakaraṇīyāni karissanti , vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
23“比丘们，只要比丘们不制定那些没制定过的戒条，也不废除已制定的戒条，而是遵守并奉行那些已制定的学处，那么，比丘们，就可以期待增长，而不会退失。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū apaññattaṃ na paññapessanti, paññattaṃ na samucchindissanti, yathāpaññattesu sikkhāpadesu samādāya vattissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
24“比丘们，只要比丘们对那些长老比丘—那些资历深厚、出家已久、为僧团父辈、为僧团领袖者—保持恭敬、尊重、崇敬和供奉，并且认为应当听从他们的教诲，那么，比丘们，就可以期待增长，而不会退失。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū ye te bhikkhū therā rattaññū cirapabbajitā saṅghapitaro saṅghapariṇāyakā, te sakkarissanti garuṃ karissanti mānessanti pūjessanti, tesañca sotabbaṃ maññissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
25「诸比丘，只要比丘不为已生的导致再有的渴爱所支配，诸比丘，比丘可期增长，不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū uppannāya taṇhāya ponobbhavikāya na vasaṃ gacchissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
26「诸比丘，只要比丘希求阿兰若住处，诸比丘，比丘可期增长，不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū āraññakesu senāsanesu sāpekkhā bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
27「诸比丘，只要比丘各自如此念现起：『愿未来的善良同梵行者能来此处，已来的善良同梵行者能安乐住。』诸比丘，比丘可期增长，不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū paccattaññeva satiṃ upaṭṭhapessanti – ‘kinti anāgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī āgaccheyyuṃ, āgatā ca pesalā sabrahmacārī phāsu vihareyyu’nti. Vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
28比丘们，只要这七不退法在比丘们当中确立，比丘们在这七不退法上有所体现，那么，比丘们，你们应当期待的就是增长，而非衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
137比丘们，我还要为你们开示另外七种不退法。你们要好好听，用心思考，我要说了。”“好的，尊者。”那些比丘回应世尊。世尊这样说道：
‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
30「诸比丘，只要比丘不喜好作务、不乐于作务、不专事于作务，诸比丘，比丘可期增长，不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na kammārāmā bhavissanti na kammaratā na kammārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
31比丘们，只要比丘们不以言谈为乐，不喜好言谈，不沉迷于言谈的享受，比丘们的增长就可期待，不会退失。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na bhassārāmā bhavissanti na bhassaratā na bhassārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
32比丘们，只要比丘们不以睡眠为乐，不喜好睡眠，不沉迷于睡眠的享受，比丘们的增长就可期待，不会退失。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na niddārāmā bhavissanti na niddāratā na niddārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
33比丘们，只要比丘们不以群聚为乐，不喜好群聚，不沉迷于群聚的享受，比丘们的增长就可期待，不会退失。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na saṅgaṇikārāmā bhavissanti na saṅgaṇikaratā na saṅgaṇikārāmatamanuyuttā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
34比丘们，只要比丘们不怀有邪恶的欲望，不落入那些邪恶欲望的控制之下，比丘们的增长就可期待，不会退失。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpicchā bhavissanti na pāpikānaṃ icchānaṃ vasaṃ gatā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
35比丘们，只要比丘们没有恶友、不与恶人相伴、不与恶人亲近交往，比丘们的增长就可期待，不会退失。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na pāpamittā bhavissanti na pāpasahāyā na pāpasampavaṅkā, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
36比丘们，只要比丘们不因为获得一点微不足道的殊胜成就，就半途而废、停滞不前，比丘们的增长就可期待，不会退失。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū na oramattakena visesādhigamena antarāvosānaṃ āpajjissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
37「诸比丘，只要这七不退法住立于比丘中，只要比丘遵行这七不退法，诸比丘，比丘可期增长，不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
138「诸比丘，我将再为你们开示其他的七不退法……乃至……诸比丘，只要比丘具足信……乃至……具足惭……具足愧……具足多闻……具足精进……具足念住……具足慧，诸比丘，比丘可期增长，不会衰退。诸比丘，只要这七不退法住立于比丘中，只要比丘遵行这七不退法，诸比丘，比丘可期增长，不会衰退。
‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi…pe… ‘‘yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū saddhā bhavissanti…pe… hirimanā bhavissanti… ottappī bhavissanti… bahussutā bhavissanti… āraddhavīriyā bhavissanti… upaṭṭhitassatī bhavissanti… paññavanto bhavissanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni. Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
139「诸比丘，我将再为你们开示其他的七不退法，谛听，善作意，我要说了。」「是的，尊者。」那些比丘回答世尊。世尊如此说：
‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
40「诸比丘，只要比丘们将修习念觉支……将修习择法觉支……将修习精进觉支……将修习喜觉支……将修习轻安觉支……将修习定觉支……将修习舍觉支，诸比丘，比丘们只应期待增长，不应期待衰退。」
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… pītisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… passaddhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… samādhisambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti… upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva , bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
41「诸比丘，只要这七不退法住立于比丘中，只要比丘遵行这七不退法，诸比丘，比丘可期增长，不会衰退。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā no parihāni.
140「诸比丘，我将再为你们开示其他的七不退法，谛听，善作意，我要说了。」「是的，尊者。」那些比丘回答世尊。世尊如此说：
‘‘Aparepi vo, bhikkhave, satta aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
43“比丘们，只要比丘们修习无常想……修习无我想……修习不净想……修习过患想……修习断除想……修习离欲想……修习灭尽想，那么，比丘们，就可以期待比丘们只有增长，而不会衰退。”
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū aniccasaññaṃ bhāvessanti…pe… anattasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… asubhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… ādīnavasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… pahānasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… virāgasaññaṃ bhāvessanti… nirodhasaññaṃ bhāvessanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
44“比丘们，只要这七种不退法在比丘们当中保持，而且比丘们确实安住在这七种不退法中，那么，比丘们，就可以期待比丘们只有增长，而不会衰退。”
‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, ime satta aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca sattasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
141“比丘们，我将要开示六种不退法。你们仔细听，好好思惟，我要说了。” “好的，尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊。世尊这么说：
‘‘Cha, vo bhikkhave, aparihāniye dhamme desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
46“比丘们，只要比丘们在同梵行者之间，无论公开还是私下，都展现出慈爱的身体行为，那么，比丘们，就可以期待比丘们只有增长，而不会衰退。”
‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
47“比丘们，只要比丘们在同梵行者之间，无论公开还是私下，都展现出慈爱的语言行为……展现出慈爱的意念行为，那么，比丘们，就可以期待比丘们只有增长，而不会衰退。”
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū mettaṃ vacīkammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti …pe… mettaṃ manokammaṃ paccupaṭṭhāpessanti sabrahmacārīsu āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
48“比丘们，只要比丘们对于任何如法获得、合法取得的利养，哪怕仅仅是装进钵里的那么一点，他们都不私自享用，而是与那些持戒的同梵行者共同分享、一起受用，那么，比丘们，就可以期待比丘们只有增长，而不会衰退。”
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū, ye te lābhā dhammikā dhammaladdhā antamaso pattapariyāpannamattampi tathārūpehi lābhehi appaṭivibhattabhogī bhavissanti sīlavantehi sabrahmacārīhi sādhāraṇabhogī, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
49比丘们，只要比丘们无论在那些不破损、没有漏洞、没有污点、没有瑕疵、能带来自在、受到智者称赞、不被错误执取、能导向定的戒律上，公开和私下都与梵行的同伴们保持着戒行的和合一致，那么，比丘们，比丘们就只有增长可期，不会退步。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāni kāni sīlāni akhaṇḍāni acchiddāni asabalāni akammāsāni bhujissāni viññūpasatthāni aparāmaṭṭhāni samādhisaṃvattanikāni tathārūpesu sīlesu sīlasāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
50比丘们，只要比丘们在那种能导向出离、能正确引导践行者走向苦灭的圣见上，公开和私下都与梵行的同伴们保持着见解的和合一致，那么，比丘们，比丘们就只有增长可期，不会退步。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhū yāyaṃ diṭṭhi ariyā niyyānikā, niyyāti takkarassa sammā dukkhakkhayāya, tathārūpāya diṭṭhiyā diṭṭhisāmaññagatā viharissanti sabrahmacārīhi āvi ceva raho ca, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihāni.
51比丘们，只要这六种不退法在比丘们身上确立，而且比丘们在这些六种不退法上都能被看见，那么，比丘们，比丘们就只有增长可期，不会退步。
‘‘Yāvakīvañca , bhikkhave, ime cha aparihāniyā dhammā bhikkhūsu ṭhassanti, imesu ca chasu aparihāniyesu dhammesu bhikkhū sandississanti, vuddhiyeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ pāṭikaṅkhā, no parihānī’’ti.
142那时，世尊住在王舍城的灵鹫山上，就经常对比丘们作这样的法谈：‘这就是戒，这就是定，这就是慧。被戒所培育的定，能带来大果报、大利益。被定所培育的慧，能带来大果报、大利益。被慧所培育的心，就能彻底从各种烦恼中解脱，哪几种呢？就是从欲的烦恼、从有的烦恼、从无明的烦恼中解脱。’
Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā rājagahe viharanto gijjhakūṭe pabbate etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
143那时，世尊在王舍城随意住了之后，对具寿阿难说：「阿难，来，我们前往安拔腊提咖。」「是的，尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。那时，世尊与大比丘僧一起前往安拔腊提咖。在那里，世尊住在安拔腊提咖的王舍。在那里，住在安拔腊提咖王舍的世尊也经常为诸比丘作此法谈：「如是戒，如是定，如是慧。戒遍修之定，有大果、大功德。定遍修之慧，有大果、大功德。慧遍修之心，正从诸漏而解脱，也就是：欲漏、有漏、无明漏。」
Atha kho bhagavā rājagahe yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena ambalaṭṭhikā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena ambalaṭṭhikā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharati rājāgārake. Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ viharanto rājāgārake etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
144后来，世尊在芒果园随心自在地住了一段时间后，便对具寿阿难说：‘来吧，阿难，我们到那烂陀去。’具寿阿难回答说：‘是的，世尊。’于是，世尊带领着大比丘僧团，来到了那烂陀。到了那里，世尊就住在那烂陀的波婆利芒果林中。
Atha kho bhagavā ambalaṭṭhikāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena nāḷandā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nāḷandā tadavasari, tatra sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharati pāvārikambavane .
55舍利弗狮子吼
Sāriputtasīhanādo
56舍利弗狮子吼
Sāriputtasīhanādo
145那时，具寿舍利弗前往世尊之处。到了之后礼拜世尊，坐于一旁。坐在一旁的具寿舍利弗对世尊如此说：「尊者，我对世尊如此净信：过去、未来、现在没有任何其他沙门或婆罗门在正觉上比世尊更为殊胜。」「舍利弗，你说出了这高大的牛王之语，决定地把握，发出狮子吼：『尊者，我对世尊如此净信：过去、未来、现在没有任何其他沙门或婆罗门在正觉上比世尊更为殊胜。』」
Atha kho āyasmā sāriputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā sāriputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’nti. ‘‘Uḷārā kho te ayaṃ, sāriputta, āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’nti.
58'舍利弗，那些过去世的阿拉汉、正自觉者，所有这些世尊，你用自己的心了知他们的心，能说：那些世尊是这样的戒、这样的法、这样的慧、这样的住、这样的解脱吗？''尊者，这不可能。'
‘‘Kiṃ te , sāriputta, ye te ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto ahesuṃ itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
59'那么，舍利弗，那些未来世的阿拉汉、正自觉者，所有这些世尊，你用自己的心了知他们的心，能说：那些世尊将是这样的戒、这样的法、这样的慧、这样的住、这样的解脱吗？''尊者，这不可能。'
‘‘Kiṃ pana te , sāriputta, ye te bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, sabbe te bhagavanto cetasā ceto paricca viditā – ‘evaṃsīlā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipi, evaṃdhammā evaṃpaññā evaṃvihārī evaṃvimuttā te bhagavanto bhavissanti itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
60'那么，舍利弗，我，现在的阿拉汉、正自觉者，你用自己的心了知我的心，能说：世尊是这样的戒、这样的法、这样的慧、这样的住、这样的解脱吗？''尊者，这不可能。'
‘‘Kiṃ pana te, sāriputta, ahaṃ etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho cetasā ceto paricca vidito – ‘‘evaṃsīlo bhagavā itipi , evaṃdhammo evaṃpañño evaṃvihārī evaṃvimutto bhagavā itipī’’’ti? ‘‘No hetaṃ, bhante’’.
61「舍利弗，在此你对过去、未来、现在的阿拉汉、正自觉者没有他心智。那么你为何说出这高大的牛王之语，决定地把握，发出狮子吼：『尊者，我对世尊如此净信：过去、未来、现在没有任何其他沙门或婆罗门在正觉上比世尊更为殊胜』呢？」
‘‘Ettha ca hi te, sāriputta, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ natthi. Atha kiñcarahi te ayaṃ, sāriputta, uḷārā āsabhī vācā bhāsitā, ekaṃso gahito, sīhanādo nadito – ‘evaṃpasanno ahaṃ, bhante, bhagavati; na cāhu na ca bhavissati na cetarahi vijjati añño samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā bhagavatā bhiyyobhiññataro yadidaṃ sambodhiya’’’nti?
146尊者，我对过去、未来、现在的阿拉汉、正自觉者们并没有他心智，但我知道法的推论。尊者，譬如国王的边境城市，有坚固的城墙、坚固的城门和塔楼，只有一个门，那里有一位守门人，聪明、有智慧、贤明，阻止不认识的人，让认识的人进入。他在那城市周围巡行环绕道路时，看不到城墙的裂缝或城墙的缝隙，乃至连猫能出去的洞也没有。他这样想：『任何粗大的生物进入或离开这座城市，都只通过这个门进入或离开。』同样地，尊者，我知道法的推论：『尊者，那些过去世的阿拉汉、正自觉者们，所有那些世尊都舍断了五盖、心的随烦恼、慧的弱化者，心善安住于四念处，如实修习七觉支后，现证了无上正自觉。尊者，那些未来世的阿拉汉、正自觉者们，所有那些世尊都将舍断五盖、心的随烦恼、慧的弱化者，心善安住于四念处，如实修习七觉支后，将现证无上正自觉。尊者，世尊现在也是阿拉汉、正自觉者，舍断了五盖、心的随烦恼、慧的弱化者，心善安住于四念处，如实修习七觉支后，现证了无上正自觉。』
‘‘Na kho me, bhante, atītānāgatapaccuppannesu arahantesu sammāsambuddhesu cetopariyañāṇaṃ atthi, api ca me dhammanvayo vidito. Seyyathāpi, bhante, rañño paccantimaṃ nagaraṃ daḷhuddhāpaṃ daḷhapākāratoraṇaṃ ekadvāraṃ, tatrassa dovāriko paṇḍito viyatto medhāvī aññātānaṃ nivāretā ñātānaṃ pavesetā. So tassa nagarassa samantā anupariyāyapathaṃ anukkamamāno na passeyya pākārasandhiṃ vā pākāravivaraṃ vā, antamaso biḷāranikkhamanamattampi. Tassa evamassa – ‘ye kho keci oḷārikā pāṇā imaṃ nagaraṃ pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā, sabbe te imināva dvārena pavisanti vā nikkhamanti vā’ti. Evameva kho me, bhante, dhammanvayo vidito – ‘ye te, bhante, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā , sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā sattabojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhiṃsu. Yepi te, bhante, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā , sabbe te bhagavanto pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacittā satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhissanti. Bhagavāpi, bhante, etarahi arahaṃ sammāsambuddho pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu supatiṭṭhitacitto satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvetvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’’’ti.
147在那烂陀的巴瓦利咖芒果林住时，世尊也经常为诸比丘作此法谈：「如是戒，如是定，如是慧。戒遍修之定，有大果、大功德。定遍修之慧，有大果、大功德。慧遍修之心，正从诸漏而解脱，也就是：欲漏、有漏、无明漏。」
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ viharanto pāvārikambavane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
64破戒过患
Dussīlaādīnavā
65破戒过患
Dussīlaādīnavā
148那时，世尊随心自在地在那烂陀住下之后，便对阿难尊者说：‘来吧，阿难，我们前往巴塔利村吧。’‘是的，尊者。’阿难尊者回答世尊。于是，世尊便与为数众多的比丘僧团一起，向巴塔利村走去。巴塔利村的在家信徒们听说：‘据说世尊已经到达巴塔利村了。’于是，巴塔利村的在家信徒们便前往世尊所在之处；到了之后，向世尊行礼，然后坐在一旁。坐定之后，巴塔利村的在家信徒们对世尊这样说：‘尊者，请世尊接受我们的客堂供养吧。’世尊以沉默表示了接受。巴塔利村的在家信徒们知道了世尊接受后，便从座位上起身，向世尊行礼，右绕之后，走向那间客堂；到了之后，他们把客堂全部铺设好，安置好座位，放好水罐，点上油灯，然后再回到世尊那里，向世尊行礼后，站在一旁。站在一旁后，巴塔利村的在家信徒们对世尊说：‘尊者，客堂已经完全铺设好，座位已安置，水罐已放好，油灯已点上。现在，请世尊您看合适的时间吧。’那时，世尊在傍晚时分，穿好下衣，拿着钵和上衣，与比丘僧团一起前往那间客堂；到了之后，洗了脚，进入客堂，靠着中间的柱子，面向东方坐下。比丘僧团也洗了脚，进入客堂，靠着后墙，面向东方，以世尊为首坐下。巴塔利村的在家信徒们也洗了脚，进入客堂，靠着前墙，面向西方，以世尊为首坐下。
Atha kho bhagavā nāḷandāyaṃ yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pāṭaligāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi . Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāṭaligāmo tadavasari. Assosuṃ kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāṭaligāmaṃ anuppatto’’ti. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā āvasathāgāra’’nti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sabbasanthariṃ āvasathāgāraṃ santharitvā āsanāni paññapetvā udakamaṇikaṃ patiṭṭhāpetvā telapadīpaṃ āropetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘sabbasantharisanthataṃ , bhante, āvasathāgāraṃ, āsanāni paññattāni, udakamaṇiko patiṭṭhāpito, telapadīpo āropito; yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā sāyanhasamayaṃ . Nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena āvasathāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā majjhimaṃ thambhaṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi. Bhikkhusaṅghopi kho pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā pacchimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya puratthābhimukho nisīdi bhagavantameva purakkhatvā. Pāṭaligāmikāpi kho upāsakā pāde pakkhāletvā āvasathāgāraṃ pavisitvā puratthimaṃ bhittiṃ nissāya pacchimābhimukhā nisīdiṃsu bhagavantameva purakkhatvā.
149那时，世尊对巴塔利村的在家信徒们说：‘居士们，一个破戒者、戒行有缺失的人，有这五种过患。是哪五种呢？居士们，在此，一个破戒、戒行有缺失的人，会因为他的放逸行为，而遭受到巨大的财产损失。这是破戒、戒行缺失者的第一种过患。
Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake āmantesi – ‘‘pañcime, gahapatayo, ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno pamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahatiṃ bhogajāniṃ nigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
68‘再者，居士们，一个破戒、戒行有缺失的人，会落得一个不好的名声，到处被人议论。这是破戒、戒行缺失者的第二种过患。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlassa sīlavipannassa pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
69‘再者，居士们，一个破戒、戒行有缺失的人，无论去到哪个团体——无论是刹帝利团体、婆罗门团体、居士团体，或是沙门团体——他都会羞怯、缺乏自信地走入。这是破戒、戒行缺失者的第三种过患。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ – avisārado upasaṅkamati maṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
70‘再者，居士们，一个破戒、戒行有缺失的人，会在临死时内心充满迷惑。这是破戒、戒行缺失者的第四种过患。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno sammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
71再者，居士们，一个无戒、戒行有缺陷的人，在身体崩解、死后，会投生到那没有乐趣、充满痛苦、堕落的地方，也就是地狱。这是无戒、戒行有缺陷者的第五种过患。居士们，以上就是无戒、戒行有缺陷者的五种过患。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, dussīlo sīlavipanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ādīnavo dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ādīnavā dussīlassa sīlavipattiyā.
72持戒利益
Sīlavanttaānisaṃsā
73持戒利益
Sīlavanttaānisaṃsā
150居士们，有五种利益，是属于持戒、戒行圆满之人的。是哪五种呢？居士们，这里，一位持戒、戒行圆满的人，由于不放逸，会获得大量的财富。这是持戒、戒行圆满者的第一种利益。
‘‘Pañcime , gahapatayo, ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Katame pañca? Idha, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno appamādādhikaraṇaṃ mahantaṃ bhogakkhandhaṃ adhigacchati. Ayaṃ paṭhamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
75再者，居士们，持戒、戒行圆满的人，会获得美好的名声远播。这是持戒、戒行圆满者的第二种利益。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavato sīlasampannassa kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati. Ayaṃ dutiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
76「再者，诸居士，有戒、戒具足者无论前往任何众会——或刹帝利众会、或婆罗门众会、或居士众会、或沙门众会——皆自信地前往，无所怯懦。此为有戒者戒具足的第三功德。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno yaññadeva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati – yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ visārado upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto. Ayaṃ tatiyo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
77再者，居士们，一位持戒、戒行圆满的人，在临终时不会昏昧迷惑。这是持戒、戒行圆满者的第四种利益。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno asammūḷho kālaṅkaroti. Ayaṃ catuttho ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya.
78再者，居士们，一位持戒、戒行圆满的人，在身体崩解、死后，会投生到善趣、天界。这是持戒、戒行圆满者的第五种利益。居士们，以上就是持戒、戒行圆满者的五种利益。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, gahapatayo, sīlavā sīlasampanno kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjati. Ayaṃ pañcamo ānisaṃso sīlavato sīlasampadāya. Ime kho, gahapatayo, pañca ānisaṃsā sīlavato sīlasampadāyā’’ti.
151那时，世尊用佛法相关的开示教导、鼓励、启发、令巴嗒厘村子的在家信徒们满心欢喜，过了大半夜后，遣散他们说：“居士们，夜已深了，现在你们觉得该做什么就去做吧。”“是的，尊者。”巴嗒厘村子的在家信徒们答应世尊后，从座位起身，礼敬世尊，右绕一圈，就离开了。世尊在他们离开后不久，走进了一间空屋。
Atha kho bhagavā pāṭaligāmike upāsake bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uyyojesi – ‘‘abhikkantā kho, gahapatayo, ratti, yassadāni tumhe kālaṃ maññathā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pāṭaligāmikā upāsakā bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu. Atha kho bhagavā acirapakkantesu pāṭaligāmikesu upāsakesu suññāgāraṃ pāvisi.
80华氏城建造
Pāṭaliputtanagaramāpanaṃ
152那时，孙尼达和瓦思咖拉两位摩揭陀大臣紧紧跟在世尊后面，心想：“今天沙门乔达摩从哪个门出去，那个门就会被称为‘乔达摩门’；他从哪个渡口渡过恒河，那个渡口就会被称为‘乔达摩渡口’。”于是，世尊从哪个门出去，那里就成了乔达摩门。然后，世尊来到恒河边。当时恒河水满，齐岸，乌鸦都可以站着喝到水。有人找船，有人找木筏，有人绑竹筏，想从这岸到那岸去。那时，世尊犹如壮士屈伸手臂一般，在恒河此岸隐没，与比丘僧团一起出现在对岸。世尊看见那些人，有的找船，有的找木筏，有的绑竹筏，想从这岸到那岸去。了知此意义后，世尊在那时发出这样的感兴语：
Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Tena samayena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhanti. Yasmiṃ padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Addasā kho bhagavā dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena tā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ke nu kho , ānanda, pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpentī’’ti ? ‘‘Sunidhavassakārā, bhante, magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāyā’’ti. ‘‘Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devehi tāvatiṃsehi saddhiṃ mantetvā, evameva kho, ānanda, sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā pāṭaligāme nagaraṃ māpenti vajjīnaṃ paṭibāhāya. Idhāhaṃ, ānanda, addasaṃ dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena sambahulā devatāyo sahasseva pāṭaligāme vatthūni pariggaṇhantiyo. Yasmiṃ , ānanda, padese mahesakkhā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, mahesakkhānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese majjhimā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, majjhimānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yasmiṃ padese nīcā devatā vatthūni pariggaṇhanti, nīcānaṃ tattha raññaṃ rājamahāmattānaṃ cittāni namanti nivesanāni māpetuṃ. Yāvatā, ānanda, ariyaṃ āyatanaṃ yāvatā vaṇippatho idaṃ agganagaraṃ bhavissati pāṭaliputtaṃ puṭabhedanaṃ . Pāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā bhavissanti – aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā’’ti.
153那时，孙尼达和瓦思咖拉两位摩揭陀大臣来到世尊那里，互相问候，说完亲切、令人难忘的话后，站在一旁。站在一旁的孙尼达和瓦思咖拉两位摩揭陀大臣对世尊这样说：“愿乔达摩尊者今天与比丘僧团一起，接受我们的饮食供养。”世尊默然同意。孙尼达和瓦思咖拉两位摩揭陀大臣知道世尊接受后，便回到自己的住处。回去后，在自己的住处准备好精致的硬食和软食，然后派人通知世尊：“乔达摩尊者，时间到了，食物已经备好。”
Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodiṃsu, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhaṃsu, ekamantaṃ ṭhitā kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no bhavaṃ gotamo ajjatanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā yena sako āvasatho tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā sake āvasathe paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesuṃ – ‘‘kālo, bho gotama, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti.
83那时，世尊在上午穿好下衣，拿着钵和上衣，进入毗舍离托钵乞食。在毗舍离托钵乞食、吃完饭回来之后，他像大象回望那样注视着毗舍离，对具寿阿难说："阿难，这将是如来最后一次看见毗舍离。来吧，阿难，我们前往犍荼村。""是的，尊者。"具寿阿难回答世尊。
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena sunidhavassakārānaṃ magadhamahāmattānaṃ āvasatho tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesuṃ sampavāresuṃ. Atha kho sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte bhagavā imāhi gāthāhi anumodi –
84「于此所住之地方，贤明之人筑居时；
‘‘Yasmiṃ padese kappeti, vāsaṃ paṇḍitajātiyo;
85应供养自制梵行，其处有戒之食者。
Sīlavantettha bhojetvā, saññate brahmacārayo .
86「彼处所有诸天神，当以布施向彼回向；
‘‘Yā tattha devatā āsuṃ, tāsaṃ dakkhiṇamādise;
87受供养之彼等供养他，受尊敬之彼等尊敬他。
Tā pūjitā pūjayanti , mānitā mānayanti naṃ.
88「由此悲愍于彼人，犹如母亲于亲子；
‘‘Tato naṃ anukampanti, mātā puttaṃva orasaṃ;
89为诸天神所悲愍，彼人常见诸吉祥。」
Devatānukampito poso, sadā bhadrāni passatī’’ti.
90那时，世尊以这些偈颂随喜摩揭陀大臣苏尼塔和瓦思咖拉之后，从座而起离去。
Atha kho bhagavā sunidhavassakāre magadhamahāmatte imāhi gāthāhi anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
154尔时，苏尼达瓦萨咖拉摩揭陀大臣们跟随世尊之后——「今日乔达摩沙门将从哪道门出去，那将被称为乔达摩之门。将在哪个渡口渡过恒河，那将被称为乔达摩渡口。」
于是，世尊所出去之门，被称为乔达摩之门。
于是，世尊前往恒河。
尔时，恒河水满，与岸齐平，乃至乌鸦可饮。一些人在寻找船，一些人在寻找浮囊，一些人在绑筏，欲从此岸到彼岸。
于是，世尊——犹如有力之人能伸曲之臂，或曲伸展之臂——如是从恒河此岸消失，在彼岸现起，与比丘僧团一起。
世尊看见那些人，一些人在寻找船，一些人在寻找浮囊，一些人在绑筏，欲从此岸到彼岸。
于是，世尊了知此义，于此时刻，自说此偈：
Tena kho pana samayena sunidhavassakārā magadhamahāmattā bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhā honti – ‘‘yenajja samaṇo gotamo dvārena nikkhamissati, taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma bhavissati. Yena titthena gaṅgaṃ nadiṃ tarissati, taṃ gotamatitthaṃ nāma bhavissatī’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā yena dvārena nikkhami , taṃ gotamadvāraṃ nāma ahosi. Atha kho bhagavā yena gaṅgā nadī tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho pana samayena gaṅgā nadī pūrā hoti samatittikā kākapeyyā. Appekacce manussā nāvaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesanti, appekacce kullaṃ bandhanti apārā , pāraṃ gantukāmā. Atha kho bhagavā – seyyathāpi nāma balavā puriso samiñjitaṃ vā bāhaṃ pasāreyya, pasāritaṃ vā bāhaṃ samiñjeyya, evameva – gaṅgāya nadiyā orimatīre antarahito pārimatīre paccuṭṭhāsi saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena. Addasā kho bhagavā te manusse appekacce nāvaṃ pariyesante appekacce uḷumpaṃ pariyesante appekacce kullaṃ bandhante apārā pāraṃ gantukāme. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
92「诸渡大海、湖水者，造桥越过沼泽地；
‘‘Ye taranti aṇṇavaṃ saraṃ, setuṃ katvāna visajja pallalāni;
93凡人尚结诸木筏，智者已渡到彼岸。」
Kullañhi jano bandhati , tiṇṇā medhāvino janā’’ti.
94第一诵品
Paṭhamabhāṇavāro.
95圣谛论
Ariyasaccakathā
96第一诵品
Paṭhamabhāṇavāro.
97圣谛论
Ariyasaccakathā
155那时，世尊便对具寿阿难说：“阿难，我们要前往希拉尼亚瓦提河的对岸，去拘尸那城附近的马喇人那片沙罗林，走吧。”“是的，尊者。”具寿阿难回应世尊。于是，世尊便与人数众多的大比丘僧团一起，前往希拉尼亚瓦提河的对岸，到了拘尸那城附近的马喇人那片沙罗林。到了之后，世尊对具寿阿难说：“阿难，你替我在两棵沙罗树之间，铺一张头朝北的床吧，阿难，我累了，要躺下休息了。”“是的，尊者。”具寿阿难回应世尊后，便在双沙罗树之间铺了一张头朝北的床。那时，世尊以狮子卧的姿势向右侧躺下，双脚叠放，保持着正念与正知。
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena koṭigāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena koṭigāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –
99“比丘们，正是由于没有洞察、没有领悟这四个圣谛，我和你们才在这漫长的轮回中流转了这么久。是哪四个圣谛呢？比丘们，正是由于没有洞察、没有领悟‘苦’的圣谛，我和你们才在这漫长的轮回中流转了这么久。比丘们，正是由于没有洞察、没有领悟‘苦的集起’这个圣谛，我和你们才在这漫长的轮回中流转了这么久。比丘们，正是由于没有洞察、没有领悟‘苦的息灭’这个圣谛，我和你们才在这漫长的轮回中流转了这么久。比丘们，正是由于没有洞察、没有领悟‘导向苦的息灭之道’这个圣谛，我和你们才在这漫长的轮回中流转了这么久。而现在，比丘们，‘苦’这圣谛已经被洞察和领悟了，‘苦的集起’这圣谛已经被洞察和领悟了，‘苦的息灭’这圣谛已经被洞察和领悟了，‘导向苦的息灭之道’这圣谛也已经被洞察和领悟了。存在的渴爱已被根除，导致再生的牵引力已耗尽，现在不再有未来的生命了。”世尊这样说完后，善逝导师又进一步说了以下的话：
‘‘Catunnaṃ , bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Dukkhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhasamudayassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhassa, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya, bhikkhave, ariyasaccassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhasamudayaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthidāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
100「由于对四圣谛，未能如实见；
‘‘Catunnaṃ ariyasaccānaṃ, yathābhūtaṃ adassanā;
101长时间轮回流转，于那些那些生处。
Saṃsitaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ, tāsu tāsveva jātisu.
102彼等今已见此，有之导引已被根除；
Tāni etāni diṭṭhāni, bhavanetti samūhatā;
103苦之根已断，现今不再有再生。」
Ucchinnaṃ mūlaṃ dukkhassa, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti.
104那时，世尊住在芒果村期间，也大多对比丘们作这样的佛法开示：“这就是戒，这就是定，这就是慧。以戒为基础的定，能带来大果报、大利益。以定为基础的慧，能带来大果报、大利益。以慧为基础的心，就能彻底从各种烦恼中解脱出来，也就是：从欲望的烦恼、从存在的烦恼、从无明的烦恼中解脱出来。”
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā koṭigāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
105不退转法正觉为依归
Anāvattidhammasambodhiparāyaṇā
156那时，世尊在国提嘎玛随意住后，对具寿阿难说：『来吧，阿难，我们去那提咖。』『是的，尊者。』具寿阿难回答世尊。那时，世尊与大比丘僧团一起到达那提咖。在那里，世尊住在那提咖的砖屋。那时，具寿阿难去到世尊那里；到达后，礼敬世尊，在一旁坐下。在一旁坐下的具寿阿难对世尊这样说：『尊者，名叫萨喇的比丘在那提咖命终了，他的趣向如何，来世如何？尊者，名叫难达的比丘尼在那提咖命终了，她的趣向如何，来世如何？尊者，名叫苏达德的近事男在那提咖命终了，他的趣向如何，来世如何？尊者，名叫苏嘉达的近事女在那提咖命终了，她的趣向如何，来世如何？尊者，名叫咕咕德的近事男在那提咖命终了，他的趣向如何，来世如何？尊者，名叫咖林波的近事男……尊者，名叫尼咖德的近事男……尊者，名叫咖提萨哈的近事男……尊者，名叫图德的近事男……尊者，名叫桑图德的近事男……尊者，名叫跋德的近事男……尊者，名叫苏跋德的近事男在那提咖命终了，他的趣向如何，来世如何？』
Atha kho bhagavā koṭigāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena nātikā tenupaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena nātikā tadavasari. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharati giñjakāvasathe. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sāḷho nāma, bhante, bhikkhu nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Nandā nāma, bhante, bhikkhunī nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sudatto nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Sujātā nāma, bhante, upāsikā nātike kālaṅkatā, tassā kā gati , ko abhisamparāyo? Kukkuṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo? Kāḷimbo nāma, bhante, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo nāma, bhante, upāsako… kaṭissaho nāma, bhante, upāsako… tuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… santuṭṭho nāma, bhante, upāsako… bhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako… subhaddo nāma, bhante, upāsako nātike kālaṅkato, tassa kā gati, ko abhisamparāyo’’ti?
157阿难，萨喇比丘以诸漏尽，于现法自己以证智作证、具足住于无漏的心解脱、慧解脱。阿难，难达比丘尼以五下分结的灭尽，成为化生者，在那里般涅槃，不从那个世界再来。阿难，苏达德近事男以三结的灭尽、贪嗔痴的减弱，成为一来者，只来此世一次后将作苦的终结。阿难，苏嘉达近事女以三结的灭尽，成为入流者，不堕恶趣法，决定趣向正觉。阿难，咕咕德近事男以五下分结的灭尽，成为化生者，在那里般涅槃，不从那个世界再来。阿难，咖林波近事男……阿难，尼咖德近事男……阿难，咖提萨哈近事男……阿难，图德近事男……阿难，桑图德近事男……阿难，跋德近事男……阿难，苏跋德近事男以五下分结的灭尽，成为化生者，在那里般涅槃，不从那个世界再来。阿难，超过五十位那提咖的近事男命终了，以五下分结的灭尽，成为化生者，在那里般涅槃，不从那个世界再来。阿难，九十多位那提咖的近事男命终了，以三结的灭尽、贪嗔痴的减弱，成为一来者，只来此世一次后将作苦的终结。阿难，五百多位那提咖的近事男命终了，以三结的灭尽，成为入流者，不堕恶趣法，决定趣向正觉。
‘‘Sāḷho, ānanda, bhikkhu āsavānaṃ khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. Nandā, ānanda, bhikkhunī pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyinī anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sudatto, ānanda, upāsako tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmī sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissati. Sujātā, ānanda, upāsikā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā . Kukkuṭo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā. Kāḷimbo, ānanda, upāsako…pe… nikaṭo, ānanda, upāsako… kaṭissaho , ānanda, upāsako… tuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako … santuṭṭho, ānanda, upāsako… bhaddo, ānanda, upāsako… subhaddo, ānanda, upāsako pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātiko tattha parinibbāyī anāvattidhammo tasmā lokā . Paropaññāsaṃ, ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā opapātikā tattha parinibbāyino anāvattidhammā tasmā lokā. Sādhikā navuti , ānanda, nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā rāgadosamohānaṃ tanuttā sakadāgāmino sakideva imaṃ lokaṃ āgantvā dukkhassantaṃ karissanti. Sātirekāni , ānanda, pañcasatāni nātike upāsakā kālaṅkatā, tiṇṇaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā sotāpannā avinipātadhammā niyatā sambodhiparāyaṇā.
108法镜法门
Dhammādāsadhammapariyāyā
158“阿难，但凡是人，都会死亡，这并不稀奇。如果每次有人去世，你们就都跑来如来这里问这件事，阿难，这对如来是一种烦扰。因此，阿难，我要为你们开示一个名叫‘法镜’的法门。一位具备了它的圣弟子，如果愿意，就可以自己为自己作出这样的宣告：‘对我而言，地狱已尽，畜生道已尽，饿鬼道已尽，所有的恶道、苦途、堕落处都已尽。我是预流者，不会堕入恶道，必定走向正觉。’”
‘‘Anacchariyaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, yaṃ manussabhūto kālaṅkareyya. Tasmiṃyeva kālaṅkate tathāgataṃ upasaṅkamitvā etamatthaṃ pucchissatha, vihesā hesā, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Tasmātihānanda, dhammādāsaṃ nāma dhammapariyāyaṃ desessāmi, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti.
159阿难，什么是那面能让自己看清自己的法镜、那条法门，让拥有了它的圣弟子，若愿意，就能自己为自己作出这样的宣告：‘对我来说，地狱已尽，畜生道已尽，饿鬼道已尽，恶道、苦途、堕处都已尽；我已是入流者，不再堕入恶道，决定趣向正觉’呢？
‘‘Katamo ca so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’ti?
111阿难，在此，圣弟子对佛陀拥有毫不动摇的净信，他这样想：‘这位世尊，是阿拉汉、正等正觉者、明行足、善逝、世间解、无上调御丈夫、天人师、佛陀、世尊。’
‘‘Idhānanda , ariyasāvako buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘itipi so bhagavā arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’ti.
112对法拥有毫不动摇的净信，他这样想：‘世尊所善说的法，是当下可见的、不受时间限制的、邀请来见的、导向解脱的、智者应当各自亲身体证的。’
‘‘Dhamme aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo sandiṭṭhiko akāliko ehipassiko opaneyyiko paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’ti.
113「对僧团具足不坏净信：『世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者，是正直行道者，是如理行道者，是如法行道者，即所谓四双八士。此世尊的声闻僧团应受供养、应受供奉、应受布施、应受合掌礼敬，是世间无上福田。』
‘‘Saṅghe aveccappasādena samannāgato hoti – ‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ujuppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, ñāyappaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho, sāmīcippaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho yadidaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’ti.
114「具足圣者所喜之戒：无缺、无瑕、无斑点、无杂染、自在、智者所赞、不被执取、能导致定。
‘‘Ariyakantehi sīlehi samannāgato hoti akhaṇḍehi acchiddehi asabalehi akammāsehi bhujissehi viññūpasatthehi aparāmaṭṭhehi samādhisaṃvattanikehi.
115阿难，这就是那面能让自己看清自己的法镜、那条法门，让拥有了它的圣弟子，若愿意，就能自己为自己作出这样的宣告：‘对我来说，地狱已尽，畜生道已尽，饿鬼道已尽，恶道、苦途、堕处都已尽；我已是入流者，不再堕入恶道，决定趣向正觉。’
‘‘Ayaṃ kho so, ānanda, dhammādāso dhammapariyāyo, yena samannāgato ariyasāvako ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya – ‘khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇāpāyaduggativinipāto, sotāpannohamasmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’’ti.
116世尊在榕树园时，也经常这样为比丘们开示法语——
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā nātike viharanto giñjakāvasathe etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti –
117「如是戒，如是定，如是慧。戒遍修之定，有大果、大功德。定遍修之慧，有大果、大功德。慧遍修之心，正从诸漏而解脱，也就是：欲漏、有漏、无明漏。」
‘‘Iti sīlaṃ iti samādhi iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
160那时，世尊在那提咖随意住了之后，对具寿阿难说：「阿难，来，我们前往毗舍离。」「是的，尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。那时，世尊与大比丘僧一起前往毗舍离。在那里，世尊住在毗舍离的芒果女林。于是，世尊在那里对比丘们说：
Atha kho bhagavā nātike yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena vesālī tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena vesālī tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi –
119“比丘们，比丘应当具念、正知而住。这是我对你们的教诫。比丘们，如何是比丘具念？在此，比丘们，比丘于身观身而住，精勤、正知、具念，调伏世间的贪忧。于受观受而住……于心观心而住……于法观法而住，精勤、正知、具念，调伏世间的贪忧。比丘们，这样就是比丘具念。
‘‘Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī. Kathañca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī…pe… citte cittānupassī…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sato hoti.
120“比丘们，如何是比丘具正知？在此，比丘们，比丘在前进、返回时，正知而行；在前看、侧视时，正知而行；在屈伸肢体时，正知而行；在穿着僧衣、执持衣钵时，正知而行；在吃、喝、咀嚼、品尝时，正知而行；在大小便利时，正知而行；在行走、站立、坐着、睡眠、醒觉、说话、沉默时，正知而行。比丘们，这样就是比丘具正知。比丘们，比丘应当具念、正知而住，这是我对你们的教诫。”
‘‘Kathañca , bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu abhikkante paṭikkante sampajānakārī hoti, ālokite vilokite sampajānakārī hoti, samiñjite pasārite sampajānakārī hoti, saṅghāṭipattacīvaradhāraṇe sampajānakārī hoti, asite pīte khāyite sāyite sampajānakārī hoti, uccārapassāvakamme sampajānakārī hoti, gate ṭhite nisinne sutte jāgarite bhāsite tuṇhībhāve sampajānakārī hoti. Evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sampajāno hoti. Sato, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vihareyya sampajāno, ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī’’ti.
121芒果女妓女
Ambapālīgaṇikā
122芒果女妓女
Ambapālīgaṇikā
161妓女芒果女听说：“听说世尊已经到达毘舍离，正住在我的芒果林里呢。”于是，妓女芒果女套上许多华美的车辆，登上华美的车，乘着华美的车从毘舍离出发。她前往自己的林园。车子能到的地方，她就坐车去，到了车子不能到的地方，她就下车，步行前往世尊那里。到了之后，她顶礼世尊，然后坐在一边。世尊为坐在一边的妓女芒果女开示法语，教导、策励、鼓舞、令她欢喜。妓女芒果女在受到世尊的法语教导、策励、鼓舞、欢喜之后，对世尊这样说：“尊者，请世尊和比丘僧团明天接受我的饮食供养。”世尊以沉默表示同意。妓女芒果女知道世尊允许了，就从座位起身，顶礼世尊，右绕之后离开了。
Assosi kho ambapālī gaṇikā – ‘‘bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyāsi. Yena sako ārāmo tena pāyāsi. Yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
124听说世尊已经到了毗舍离，正住在芒果女供养的芒果园里，毗舍离的离车人便纷纷准备出行。他们各自套上最好的车驾，登上最好的车驾，乘着最好的车驾驶出毗舍离。这些离车人装扮各异：有的离车人全身蓝色装扮，肤色涂成蓝，衣裳穿蓝，饰物佩蓝；有的离车人全身黄色装扮，肤色涂成黄，衣裳穿黄，饰物佩黄；有的离车人全身红色装扮，肤色涂成红，衣裳穿红，饰物佩红；有的离车人全身白色装扮，肤色涂成白，衣裳穿白，饰物佩白。就在那时，妓女芒果女的车驾，轮对轮、轴对轴、轭对轭，与那些年轻离车人的车驾交错冲撞。那些离车人便对妓女芒果女说：“喂，芒果女，你怎么敢跟年轻的离车人轮对轮、轴对轴、轭对轭地冲撞？”芒果女回答：“公子们，是这样的，我已经邀请世尊和比丘僧团明天到我家应供。”离车人说：“喂，芒果女，把这次供饭的机会让给我们吧，我们给你十万钱。”芒果女回答：“公子们，就算你们把整个毗舍交给我，我也不会让出这次供饭的机会。”于是，那些离车人叉手指发啧啧声说：“哎呀，我们真被这个芒果女打败了！哎呀，我们真被这个芒果女打败了！”
Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – ‘‘bhagavā kira vesāliṃ anuppatto vesāliyaṃ viharati ambapālivane’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhaddāni bhaddāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhaddaṃ bhaddaṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhaddehi bhaddehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyiṃsu. Tatra ekacce licchavī nīlā honti nīlavaṇṇā nīlavatthā nīlālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī pītā honti pītavaṇṇā pītavatthā pītālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī lohitā honti lohitavaṇṇā lohitavatthā lohitālaṅkārā, ekacce licchavī odātā honti odātavaṇṇā odātavatthā odātālaṅkārā. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesi . Atha kho te licchavī ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kiṃ, je ambapāli , daharānaṃ daharānaṃ licchavīnaṃ akkhena akkhaṃ cakkena cakkaṃ yugena yugaṃ paṭivaṭṭesī’’ti? ‘‘Tathā hi pana me, ayyaputtā, bhagavā nimantito svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. ‘‘Dehi, je ambapāli, etaṃ bhattaṃ satasahassenā’’ti. ‘‘Sacepi me, ayyaputtā, vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dassatha , evamahaṃ taṃ bhattaṃ na dassāmī’’ti . Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā’’ti .
125那时，那些离车人就朝芒果园走去。世尊远远地看见他们走来，便对比丘们说：“比丘们，那些从未见过三十三天诸天的比丘，你们仔细看看这群离车人，你们好好观察这群离车人，你们用心比拟这群离车人——他们就如同三十三天诸天一样。”那时，那些离车人坐着车到了车道尽头，便下了车，徒步走到世尊那里，向世尊行礼后，坐在一边。世尊为坐在一边的离车人开示、劝导、激励、令之欢喜。被世尊的开示所劝导、激励、欢喜后，那些离车人对世尊说：“尊者，世尊，请您和比丘僧团明天接受我们的饭食供养。”世尊回答他们说：“离车人，我已经先答应了妓女芒果女明天的饭食供养了。”于是，那些离车人叉手指，发啧啧声说：“哎呀，我们真被这个芒果女打败了！哎呀，我们真被这个芒果女打败了！”他们随喜、赞叹了世尊的教导后，便从座起身，向世尊行礼，右绕后离开了。
Atha kho te licchavī yena ambapālivanaṃ tena pāyiṃsu. Addasā kho bhagavā te licchavī dūratova āgacchante. Disvāna bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yesaṃ , bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ devā tāvatiṃsā adiṭṭhapubbā, oloketha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ; apaloketha, bhikkhave , licchaviparisaṃ; upasaṃharatha, bhikkhave, licchaviparisaṃ – tāvatiṃsasadisa’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī yāvatikā yānassa bhūmi, yānena gantvā, yānā paccorohitvā pattikāva yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdiṃsu. Ekamantaṃ nisinne kho te licchavī bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassitā samādapitā samuttejitā sampahaṃsitā bhagavantaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘adhivāsetu no, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā te licchavī etadavoca – ‘‘adhivutthaṃ kho me, licchavī, svātanāya ambapāliyā gaṇikāya bhatta’’nti. Atha kho te licchavī aṅguliṃ phoṭesuṃ – ‘‘jitamha vata bho ambakāya, jitamha vata bho ambakāyā’’ti. Atha kho te licchavī bhagavato bhāsitaṃ abhinanditvā anumoditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkamiṃsu.
162那一夜过后，妓女芒果女在自己的园林里准备了精致的主食和副食，然后派人去通知世尊：“尊者，时间到了，饭菜已备好。”那时，世尊在上午时分，穿好下衣，拿着大衣和钵，与比丘僧团一起，前往妓女芒果女的宅邸。到达后，他坐在已铺好的座位上。妓女芒果女亲手将精美的主食和副食恭敬地供养以佛陀为首的比丘僧团，令他们饱足。当世尊吃完饭，放下钵后，芒果女取了一张低矮的座，坐在一边，对世尊说：“尊者，我将这座园林，布施给以佛陀为首的比丘僧团。”世尊接受了这座园林。然后，世尊为妓女芒果女开示、劝导、激励、令之欢喜后，便从座起身离去。世尊住在毗舍离芒果园的期间，时常为比丘们如是说法：“这就是戒，这就是定，这就是慧。以戒修习成就的定，能带来大果报、大利益。以定修习成就的慧，能带来大果报、大利益。以慧修习成就的心，能彻底从诸漏中解脱，也就是：欲漏、有漏、无明漏。”
Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā tassā rattiyā accayena sake ārāme paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena ambapāliyā gaṇikāya nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇītena khādanīyena bhojanīyena sahatthā santappesi sampavāresi. Atha kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ bhuttāviṃ onītapattapāṇiṃ aññataraṃ nīcaṃ āsanaṃ gahetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnā kho ambapālī gaṇikā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘imāhaṃ, bhante, ārāmaṃ buddhappamukhassa bhikkhusaṅghassa dammī’’ti. Paṭiggahesi bhagavā ārāmaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā ambapāliṃ gaṇikaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi. Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā vesāliyaṃ viharanto ambapālivane etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
127前往韦卢瓦村瓦萨
Veḷuvagāmavassūpagamanaṃ
163那时，世尊在芒果园随心住了一段时间后，便对具寿阿难说：“阿难，来，我们去那个叫竹竿村的地方。”具寿阿难回答：“是的，尊者。”于是，世尊便与众多比丘一起，来到了竹竿村，并安住在那里。在那里，世尊对比丘们说：“来，比丘们，你们各自去毗舍离周边，寻找相知、相识、亲密的朋友，在他们附近结夏安居。而我，就将在这竹竿村安居。”“是的，尊者。”那些比丘回答世尊后，便分散到毗舍离周边，与各自相知、相识、亲密的朋友一起安居。而世尊自己就住在竹竿村进入了安居期。
Atha kho bhagavā ambapālivane yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena veḷuvagāmako tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena veḷuvagāmako tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā veḷuvagāmake viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘etha tumhe, bhikkhave, samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upetha . Ahaṃ pana idheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paṭissutvā samantā vesāliṃ yathāmittaṃ yathāsandiṭṭhaṃ yathāsambhattaṃ vassaṃ upagacchiṃsu. Bhagavā pana tattheva veḷuvagāmake vassaṃ upagacchi.
164那时，世尊入瓦萨后生起剧烈的病，生起强烈的、近于死的感受。世尊具念、正知，不烦躁地忍受之。那时，世尊这样想：「我在未招呼侍者、未告知比丘僧而般涅槃是不适当的。让我以精进镇压此病，决意住寿行而住。」那时，世尊以精进镇压此病，决意住寿行而住。于是世尊的病平息了。那时，世尊从病中起身，起身不久，从精舍出来，坐于精舍阴影处所设的座位上。那时，具寿阿难前往世尊之处。到了之后礼拜世尊，坐于一旁。坐在一旁的具寿阿难对世尊如此说：「尊者，我已见到世尊安乐；尊者，我已见到世尊忍耐。但尊者，因世尊之病，我的身体如被重物所压。诸方于我也不明，诸法于我也不显。但尊者，我尚有一些慰籍：『只要世尊尚未对比丘僧作任何交待，他就不会般涅槃。』」
Atha kho bhagavato vassūpagatassa kharo ābādho uppajji, bāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavato etadahosi – ‘‘na kho metaṃ patirūpaṃ, yvāhaṃ anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parinibbāyeyyaṃ. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ imaṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihareyya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā taṃ ābādhaṃ vīriyena paṭipaṇāmetvā jīvitasaṅkhāraṃ adhiṭṭhāya vihāsi. Atha kho bhagavato so ābādho paṭipassambhi. Atha kho bhagavā gilānā vuṭṭhito aciravuṭṭhito gelaññā vihārā nikkhamma vihārapacchāyāyaṃ paññatte āsane nisīdi. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘diṭṭho me, bhante, bhagavato phāsu; diṭṭhaṃ me, bhante, bhagavato khamanīyaṃ, api ca me, bhante, madhurakajāto viya kāyo. Disāpi me na pakkhāyanti; dhammāpi maṃ na paṭibhanti bhagavato gelaññena, api ca me, bhante, ahosi kācideva assāsamattā – ‘na tāva bhagavā parinibbāyissati, na yāva bhagavā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharatī’’’ti.
165「阿难，比丘僧还对我期望什么呢？阿难，我所说的法无内外之别。阿难，如来于法无『师拳』。阿难，若有人这样想：『我将护持比丘僧』或『比丘僧依靠我』，那么他才会对比丘僧作任何交待。阿难，如来不会这样想：『我将护持比丘僧』或『比丘僧依靠我』。阿难，那么如来还会对比丘僧作什么交待呢？阿难，我现在已老了、衰颓了、年长了、寿高了、至晚年了，我的年龄已达八十。阿难，犹如老旧的车乘以皮带绑缚才得以行驶，阿难，同样地，我想如来的身体也是以皮带绑缚才得以行驶。阿难，每当如来不作意一切相，以一些受的灭而入无相心定而住时，阿难，在那时候如来的身体才较为安稳。阿难，因此你们应当以自己为洲、以自己为皈依，不以他人为皈依；以法为洲、以法为皈依，不以他法为皈依。阿难，比丘如何以自己为洲、以自己为皈依，不以他人为皈依；以法为洲、以法为皈依，不以他法为皈依？阿难，这里比丘于身随观身而住，热忱、正知、具念，调伏世间的贪、忧；于受……乃至……于心……乃至……于法随观法而住，热忱、正知、具念，调伏世间的贪、忧。阿难，如此比丘以自己为洲、以自己为皈依，不以他人为皈依；以法为洲、以法为皈依，不以他法为皈依。阿难，现在或我逝后，凡以自己为洲、以自己为皈依，不以他人为皈依；以法为洲、以法为皈依，不以他法为皈依者，阿难，他们将成为我的比丘中最上者，任何欲求学者。」
‘‘Kiṃ panānanda, bhikkhusaṅgho mayi paccāsīsati ? Desito, ānanda, mayā dhammo anantaraṃ abāhiraṃ karitvā. Natthānanda, tathāgatassa dhammesu ācariyamuṭṭhi. Yassa nūna, ānanda, evamassa – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā, so nūna, ānanda, bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāhareyya. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, na evaṃ hoti – ‘ahaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ pariharissāmī’ti vā ‘mamuddesiko bhikkhusaṅgho’ti vā. Sakiṃ , ānanda, tathāgato bhikkhusaṅghaṃ ārabbha kiñcideva udāharissati. Ahaṃ kho panānanda, etarahi jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto. Āsītiko me vayo vattati. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, jajjarasakaṭaṃ veṭhamissakena yāpeti, evameva kho, ānanda, veṭhamissakena maññe tathāgatassa kāyo yāpeti. Yasmiṃ, ānanda, samaye tathāgato sabbanimittānaṃ amanasikārā ekaccānaṃ vedanānaṃ nirodhā animittaṃ cetosamādhiṃ upasampajja viharati, phāsutaro, ānanda, tasmiṃ samaye tathāgatassa kāyo hoti. Tasmātihānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā. Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati atāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Vedanāsu…pe… citte…pe… dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ. Evaṃ kho, ānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo . Ye hi keci, ānanda, etarahi vā mama vā accayena attadīpā viharissanti attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, tamatagge me te, ānanda, bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhākāmā’’ti.
131第二诵品
Dutiyabhāṇavāro.
132相明显论
Nimittobhāsakathā
133第二诵品
Dutiyabhāṇavāro.
134相明显论
Nimittobhāsakathā
166那时，世尊于上午着下衣后持钵衣，进入毗舍离托钵。在毗舍离托钵后，食后从托钵回来，对具寿阿难说：「阿难，拿坐具，我们前往咖巴勒塔庙日中住。」「是的，尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊后，拿了坐具跟随在世尊之后。那时，世尊前往咖巴勒塔庙。到了之后坐于所施设的座位上。具寿阿难也礼拜世尊后坐于一旁。
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaṇhāhi, ānanda, nisīdanaṃ, yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāma divā vihārāyā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nisīdanaṃ ādāya bhagavantaṃ piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhi. Atha kho bhagavā yena cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Āyasmāpi kho ānando bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi.
167坐在一旁后，世尊对具寿阿难这样说：「阿难，毗舍离是令人愉悦的，乌德那庙是令人愉悦的，乔达摩卡庙是令人愉悦的，萨坦吧庙是令人愉悦的，巴胡布答庙是令人愉悦的，萨兰达达庙是令人愉悦的，遮婆拉庙是令人愉悦的。阿难，任何人只要修习、多修、作为车乘、作为基础、确立、熟练、善加精勤了四神足，他若愿意，便可住世一劫，或住满劫余。而阿难，如来已修习、多修、作为车乘、作为基础、确立、熟练、善加精勤了四神足。因此，阿难，如来若愿意，也可住世一劫，或住满劫余。」即使世尊给出了这样明显的暗示、放出了这样明显的光明，具寿阿难也未能领会；他没有恳请世尊：「尊者，愿世尊住世一劫，愿善逝住世一劫，为了众多人的利益、为了众多人的安乐、出于对世间的悲悯、为了天与人众的利益与安乐。」因为他的心被魔罗所制伏了。世尊第二次……世尊第三次对具寿阿难说：「阿难，毗舍离是令人愉悦的，乌德那庙是令人愉悦的，乔达摩卡庙是令人愉悦的，萨坦吧庙是令人愉悦的，巴胡布答庙是令人愉悦的，萨兰达达庙是令人愉悦的，遮婆拉庙是令人愉悦的。阿难，任何人只要修习、多修、作为车乘、作为基础、确立、熟练、善加精勤了四神足，他若愿意，便可住世一劫，或住满劫余。而阿难，如来已修习、多修、作为车乘、作为基础、确立、熟练、善加精勤了四神足。因此，阿难，如来若愿意，也可住世一劫，或住满劫余。」即使世尊这样给出了明显的暗示、放出了这样明显的光明，具寿阿难也未能领会；他没有恳请世尊：「尊者，愿世尊住世一劫，愿善逝住世一劫，为了众多人的利益、为了众多人的安乐、出于对世间的悲悯、为了天与人众的利益与安乐。」因为他的心被魔罗所制伏了。那时，世尊便对具寿阿难说：「你走吧，阿难，现在你可以去做你认为合适的事了。」「是的，尊者。」具寿阿难应了世尊，从座起身，敬礼世尊，右绕之后，在不远处的一棵树下坐下。
Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno , ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’ti. Evampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavatā oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ ; na bhagavantaṃ yāci – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu , bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti, yathā taṃ mārena pariyuṭṭhitacitto. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yassadāni kālaṃ maññasī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi.
137魔劝请论
Mārayācanakathā
138魔劝请论
Mārayācanakathā
168那时，在具寿阿难离开后不久，邪恶的魔罗便来近世尊；到了之后，站在一旁。站在一旁后，邪恶的魔罗对世尊这样说：「尊者，现在请世尊般涅槃吧，请善逝般涅槃吧，现在，尊者，正是世尊般涅槃的时刻了。尊者，世尊曾经说过这样的话：『魔罗，我尚不会般涅槃，直到我的比丘弟子们，变得通晓、已受调伏、自信无畏、多闻、持法、法随法行、行於正行、随法而行，学取了自己的师教后，能宣讲它、教导它、阐明它、建立它、揭示它、分析它、明示它，能以正法善巧地制伏、降伏已生的异论，并教导具有神变力的法。』然而，尊者，如今世尊的比丘弟子们，已经是通晓的、已受调伏的、自信无畏的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、行於正行的、随法而行的，他们学取了自己的师教后，能宣讲它、教导它、阐明它、建立它、揭示它、分析它、明示它，能以正法善巧地制伏、降伏已生的异论，并教导具有神变力的法。尊者，现在请世尊般涅槃吧，请善逝般涅槃吧，现在，正是世尊般涅槃的时刻了。
Atha kho māro pāpimā acirapakkante āyasmante ānande yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho māro pāpimā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālo dāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānī karissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti . Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhū bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.
140「尊者！世尊曾说此语：『魔！我将不般涅槃，直到我的比丘尼弟子成为智者、受训练者、无畏者、多闻者、持法者、法随法行者、正行者、随法行者，学习自己老师的后，将教导、说示、宣说、建立、开显、分别、阐明，以正法善加折服已生起的外道邪说后，将说示有神变之法。』尊者！现在世尊的比丘尼弟子是智者、受训练者、无畏者、多闻者、持法者、法随法行者、正行者、随法行者，学习自己老师的后，教导、说示、宣说、建立、开显、分别、阐明，以正法善加折服已生起的外道邪说后，说示有神变之法。尊者！现在请世尊般涅槃，请善逝般涅槃，尊者！现在是世尊般涅槃之时。
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti . Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhikkhuniyo bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo , sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.
141「尊者，世尊确实说过这句话：『邪恶者，我将不般涅槃，直到我的近事男弟子们成为聪慧的、善受训的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、如法行的、随法行者，学得自己老师的教法后，将对人宣说、教导、施设、建立、开显、分别、阐明，以如法善加折服生起的异论后，将说示具神变之法。』尊者，现在世尊的近事男弟子们已是聪慧的、善受训的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、如法行的、随法行者，学得自己老师的教法后，对人宣说、教导、施设、建立、开显、分别、阐明，以如法善加折服生起的异论后，说示具神变之法。尊者，现在请世尊般涅槃，请善逝般涅槃，尊者，现在是世尊般涅槃之时。」
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsakā bhagavato sāvakā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni , bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni , bhante, bhagavato.
142「然而，尊者，世尊曾说此语：『恶魔，我不般涅槃，直到我的近事女弟子们不成为精通的、受教的、有信心的、多闻的、持法的、随法行道的、正当行道的、随法行者，学习了自己的老师所教后，将教导、说示、宣说、建立、开显、分别、阐明，以正法完善地折伏已生起的他说后，将说示有神变的法。』现在，尊者，世尊的近事女弟子们是精通的、受教的、有信心的、多闻的、持法的、随法行道的、正当行道的、随法行者，学习了自己的老师所教后，教导、说示、宣说、建立、开显、分别、阐明，以正法完善地折伏已生起的他说后，说示有神变的法。尊者，现在请世尊般涅槃，请善逝般涅槃，尊者，现在是世尊般涅槃之时。
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessantī’ti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, upāsikā bhagavato sāvikā viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhanti desenti paññapenti paṭṭhapenti vivaranti vibhajanti uttānīkaronti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desenti. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato.
143「尊者，世尊曾说此语：『恶者，我不会般涅槃，只要我的此梵行尚未成功、尚未兴旺、尚未流布、广布众人、普及，乃至天与人所善宣说。』尊者，现在世尊的梵行已成功、已兴旺、已流布、广布众人、普及，乃至天与人所善宣说。请世尊现在般涅槃，请善逝般涅槃，尊者，现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。」
‘‘Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi , yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhaṃ ceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhaṃ ceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’’ti .
144如是说时，世尊对魔罗如此说：「恶者，你安心吧，如来的般涅槃不久将至。自今三个月后，如来将般涅槃。」
Evaṃ vutte bhagavā māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti.
145舍弃寿行
Āyusaṅkhāraossajjanaṃ
169于是，世尊在遮帕拉灵庙，带着正念与正知，舍弃了寿行。当世尊舍弃寿行时，发生了一阵巨大、恐怖、令人汗毛直竖的地震，并且天鼓震响。当时，世尊了知此义，便在这一刻说出了以下感兴语：
Atha kho bhagavā cāpāle cetiye sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossaji. Ossaṭṭhe ca bhagavatā āyusaṅkhāre mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso , devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu . Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
147「牟尼已舍有为之源，于彼可称与不可称；
‘‘Tulamatulañca sambhavaṃ, bhavasaṅkhāramavassaji muni;
148内喜入定，犹如破壳，破除了自我之源。」
Ajjhattarato samāhito, abhindi kavacamivattasambhava’’nti.
149大地震因
Mahābhūmicālahetu
150大地震因
Mahābhūmicālahetu
170这时，阿难尊者心里想：“真是不可思议啊，真是前所未有啊！这场地震这么大、这么剧烈，如此恐怖，让人汗毛直竖，连天鼓都震响了。到底是什么原因、什么因缘，才会发生这么剧烈的地震呢？”
Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, mahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?
152于是，阿难尊者去到世尊那里，向世尊行礼后，坐在一旁。坐定后，阿难尊者对世尊说：“世尊，真是不可思议啊！世尊，真是前所未有啊！这场地震这么大、这么剧烈，如此恐怖，让人汗毛直竖，连天鼓都震响了。世尊，到底是什么原因、什么因缘，才会发生这么剧烈的地震呢？”
Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi, ekamantaṃ nisinno kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, mahā vatāyaṃ, bhante, bhūmicālo; sumahā vatāyaṃ , bhante, bhūmicālo bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso; devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Ko nu kho, bhante , hetu ko paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti?
171「阿难，有这八因、八缘令大地震出现。哪八种？阿难，此大地安立于水上，水安立于风上，风住于空中。阿难，有时大风吹起，大风吹起时摇动水，水被摇动而摇动地。此为大地震出现的第一因、第一缘。
‘‘Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Katame aṭṭha? Ayaṃ, ānanda, mahāpathavī udake patiṭṭhitā, udakaṃ vāte patiṭṭhitaṃ, vāto ākāsaṭṭho. Hoti kho so, ānanda, samayo, yaṃ mahāvātā vāyanti. Mahāvātā vāyantā udakaṃ kampenti. Udakaṃ kampitaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti. Ayaṃ paṭhamo hetu paṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
154「再者，阿难，有得神通、得心自在的沙门或婆罗门，或大神力、大威力的天神，他已修习了小地想、无量水想。他令此地震、等震、普震、普遍震。此为大地震出现的第二因、第二缘。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, samaṇo vā hoti brāhmaṇo vā iddhimā cetovasippatto, devo vā mahiddhiko mahānubhāvo, tassa parittā pathavīsaññā bhāvitā hoti, appamāṇā āposaññā. So imaṃ pathaviṃ kampeti saṅkampeti sampakampeti sampavedheti. Ayaṃ dutiyo hetu dutiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
155再者，阿难，当菩萨从兜率天身死后，正念、正知地进入母胎时，这大地震动、剧烈震动、强烈震动、全面震动。这是第三个大地震动的原因和条件。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto tusitakāyā cavitvā sato sampajāno mātukucchiṃ okkamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ tatiyo hetu tatiyo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
156再者，阿难，当菩萨正念、正知地出自母胎时，这大地震动、剧烈震动、强烈震动、全面震动。这是第四个大地震动的原因和条件。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā bodhisatto sato sampajāno mātukucchismā nikkhamati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ catuttho hetu catuttho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
157再者，阿难，当如来证悟无上正等正觉时，这大地震动、剧烈震动、强烈震动、全面震动。这是第五个大地震动的原因和条件。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ pañcamo hetu pañcamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
158再者，阿难，当如来转起无上法轮时，这大地震动、剧烈震动、强烈震动、全面震动。这是第六个大地震动的原因和条件。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavatteti, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ chaṭṭho hetu chaṭṭho paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
159再者，阿难，当如来正念、正知地舍弃寿行时，这大地震动、剧烈震动、强烈震动、全面震动。这是第七个大地震动的原因和条件。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato sato sampajāno āyusaṅkhāraṃ ossajjati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ sattamo hetu sattamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya.
160另外，阿难，当如来在无余涅槃界般涅槃时，这大地也会震动、剧烈震动、全面震动、猛烈颤动。这是大地发生大震动的第八个因、第八个缘。阿难，以上就是大地发生大震动的八个因、八个缘。
‘‘Puna caparaṃ, ānanda, yadā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati, tadāyaṃ pathavī kampati saṅkampati sampakampati sampavedhati. Ayaṃ aṭṭhamo hetu aṭṭhamo paccayo mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāya. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha hetū, aṭṭha paccayā mahato bhūmicālassa pātubhāvāyā’’ti.
161八众
Aṭṭha parisā
162八众
Aṭṭha parisā
172阿难，有这八种集会。哪八种呢？刹帝利的集会、婆罗门的集会、居士的集会、沙门的集会、四大天王的集会、三十三天的集会、魔的集会、梵天的集会。阿难，我记得自己曾前往过数百个刹帝利的集会。在那里，我曾经和他们一起坐过，曾经交谈过，也曾经进行过讨论。在那里，他们是什么外貌，我就变成什么外貌；他们是什么声音，我就变成什么声音。我用正法的谈话开示他们、劝导他们、激励他们、让他们欢喜。他们不知道正在说话的我到底是谁，想：‘这位说话的，是天神还是人呢？’我用正法的谈话开示、劝导、激励并让他们欢喜后，就消失了。我消失后，他们还是不知道那个消失的我到底是谁，想：‘这消失的，是天神还是人呢？’阿难，我记得自己也曾前往过数百个婆罗门的集会…居士的集会…沙门的集会…四大天王的集会…三十三天的集会…魔的集会…梵天的集会。在那里，我也曾经和他们一起坐过，曾经交谈过，也曾经进行过讨论。在那里，他们是什么外貌，我就变成什么外貌；他们是什么声音，我就变成什么声音。我用正法的谈话开示他们、劝导他们、激励他们、让他们欢喜。他们不知道正在说话的我到底是谁，想：‘这位说话的，是天神还是人呢？’我用正法的谈话开示、劝导、激励并让他们欢喜后，就消失了。我消失后，他们还是不知道那个消失的我到底是谁，想：‘这消失的，是天神还是人呢？’阿难，这就是八种集会。
‘‘Aṭṭha kho imā, ānanda, parisā. Katamā aṭṭha? Khattiyaparisā, brāhmaṇaparisā, gahapatiparisā, samaṇaparisā, cātumahārājikaparisā , tāvatiṃsaparisā, māraparisā, brahmaparisā. Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda , anekasataṃ khattiyaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā . Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Abhijānāmi kho panāhaṃ, ānanda, anekasataṃ brāhmaṇaparisaṃ…pe… gahapatiparisaṃ… samaṇaparisaṃ… cātumahārājikaparisaṃ… tāvatiṃsaparisaṃ… māraparisaṃ… brahmaparisaṃ upasaṅkamitā. Tatrapi mayā sannisinnapubbaṃ ceva sallapitapubbañca sākacchā ca samāpajjitapubbā. Tattha yādisako tesaṃ vaṇṇo hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ vaṇṇo hoti. Yādisako tesaṃ saro hoti, tādisako mayhaṃ saro hoti. Dhammiyā kathāya sandassemi samādapemi samuttejemi sampahaṃsemi. Bhāsamānañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ bhāsati devo vā manusso vā’ti? Dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā antaradhāyāmi. Antarahitañca maṃ na jānanti – ‘ko nu kho ayaṃ antarahito devo vā manusso vā’ti? Imā kho, ānanda, aṭṭha parisā.
164八胜处
Aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni
173阿难，有这八种胜处。哪八种呢？一个人内心有色想，去观察外在有限的、美好或丑陋的色。他心想：‘我超越了它们，我认知它们，我看见它们。’这是第一种胜处。
‘‘Aṭṭha kho imāni, ānanda, abhibhāyatanāni. Katamāni aṭṭha ? Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ paṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
166一个人内心有色想，去观察外在无量的、美好或丑陋的色。他心想：‘我超越了它们，我认知它们，我看见它们。’这是第二种胜处。
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ rūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ dutiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
167第六胜处是这样的：内心没有色想的人，向外看那些黄色的、黄色的颜色、黄色的显现、黄色的光泽。就像迦尼迦罗花是黄色的、黄色的颜色、黄色的显现、黄色的光泽，又像波罗奈的布，两面都经过打磨，是黄色的、黄色的颜色、黄色的显现、黄色的光泽。同样地，内心没有色想的人，向外看那些黄色的、黄色的颜色、黄色的显现、黄色的光泽。他这样想：'我征服了它们，我知晓，我看见。'这就是第六胜处。
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati parittāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ tatiyaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
168一个人内心没有色想，去观察外在无量的、美好或丑陋的色。他心想：‘我超越了它们，我认知它们，我看见它们。’这是第四种胜处。
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati appamāṇāni suvaṇṇadubbaṇṇāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ catutthaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
169第五胜处是这样的：内心没有色想的人，向外看那些青色的、青色的颜色、青色的显现、青色的光泽。就像亚麻花是青色的、青色的颜色、青色的显现、青色的光泽，又像波罗奈的布，两面都经过打磨，是青色的、青色的颜色、青色的显现、青色的光泽。同样地，内心没有色想的人，向外看那些青色的、青色的颜色、青色的显现、青色的光泽。他这样想：'我征服了它们，我知晓，我看见。'这就是第五胜处。
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma umāpupphaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ nīlaṃ nīlavaṇṇaṃ nīlanidassanaṃ nīlanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati nīlāni nīlavaṇṇāni nīlanidassanāni nīlanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ pañcamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
170「于内无色想者，于外见诸色，黄的、黄色的、黄显现的、黄光泽的。犹如咖尼咖拉花是黄的、黄色的、黄显现的、黄光泽的。或者犹如那波罗奈的布，两面磨光，是黄的、黄色的、黄显现的、黄光泽的。如是，于内无色想者，于外见诸色，黄的、黄色的、黄显现的、黄光泽的。『我战胜它们而知、而见』，他有如此想。这是第六胜处。
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma kaṇikārapupphaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ pītaṃ pītavaṇṇaṃ pītanidassanaṃ pītanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati pītāni pītavaṇṇāni pītanidassanāni pītanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ chaṭṭhaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
171第七胜处是这样的：内心没有色想的人，向外看那些红色的、红色的颜色、红色的显现、红色的光泽。就像般度吉瓦迦花是红色的、红色的颜色、红色的显现、红色的光泽，又像波罗奈的布，两面都经过打磨，是红色的、红色的颜色、红色的显现、红色的光泽。同样地，内心没有色想的人，向外看那些红色的、红色的颜色、红色的显现、红色的光泽。他这样想：'我征服了它们，我知晓，我看见。'这就是第七胜处。
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma bandhujīvakapupphaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ lohitakaṃ lohitakavaṇṇaṃ lohitakanidassanaṃ lohitakanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati lohitakāni lohitakavaṇṇāni lohitakanidassanāni lohitakanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ sattamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ.
172第八胜处是这样的：内心没有色想的人，向外看那些白色的、白色的颜色、白色的显现、白色的光泽。就像晨星是白色的、白色的颜色、白色的显现、白色的光泽，又像波罗奈的布，两面都经过打磨，是白色的、白色的颜色、白色的显现、白色的光泽。同样地，内心没有色想的人，向外看那些白色的、白色的颜色、白色的显现、白色的光泽。他这样想：'我征服了它们，我知晓，我看见。'这就是第八胜处。阿难，这些就是八胜处。
‘‘Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. Seyyathāpi nāma osadhitārakā odātā odātavaṇṇā odātanidassanā odātanibhāsā. Seyyathā vā pana taṃ vatthaṃ bārāṇaseyyakaṃ ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhaṃ odātaṃ odātavaṇṇaṃ odātanidassanaṃ odātanibhāsaṃ. Evameva ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī eko bahiddhā rūpāni passati odātāni odātavaṇṇāni odātanidassanāni odātanibhāsāni. ‘Tāni abhibhuyya jānāmi passāmī’ti evaṃsaññī hoti. Idaṃ aṭṭhamaṃ abhibhāyatanaṃ . Imāni kho, ānanda, aṭṭha abhibhāyatanāni.
173八解脱
Aṭṭha vimokkhā
174八解脱
Aṭṭha vimokkhā
174阿难，有这八种解脱。是哪八种呢？有物质身体的人，看到外部的物质，这是第一种解脱。内心没有色想的人，看到外部的物质，这是第二种解脱。内心只有对'净妙'的倾向，这是第三种解脱。完全超越了一切物质想，灭尽了所有的对立想，不去作意种种差别想，达到并安住于'虚空是无边的'的'空无边处'，这是第四种解脱。完全超越了空无边处，达到并安住于'识是无边的'的'识无边处'，这是第五种解脱。完全超越了识无边处，达到并安住于'什么也没有'的'无所有处'，这是第六种解脱。完全超越了无所有处，达到并安住于'非想非非想处'，这是第七种解脱。完全超越了非想非非想处，达到并安住于'想与受的灭尽'，这是第八种解脱。阿难，这些就是八种解脱。
‘‘Aṭṭha kho ime, ānanda, vimokkhā. Katame aṭṭha? Rūpī rūpāni passati, ayaṃ paṭhamo vimokkho. Ajjhattaṃ arūpasaññī bahiddhā rūpāni passati, ayaṃ dutiyo vimokkho. Subhanteva adhimutto hoti, ayaṃ tatiyo vimokkho. Sabbaso rūpasaññānaṃ samatikkamā paṭighasaññānaṃ atthaṅgamā nānattasaññānaṃ amanasikārā ‘ananto ākāso’ti ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ catuttho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘anantaṃ viññāṇa’nti viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ pañcamo vimokkho. Sabbaso viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samatikkamma ‘natthi kiñcī’ti ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ chaṭṭho vimokkho. Sabbaso ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharati. Ayaṃ sattamo vimokkho. Sabbaso nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samatikkamma saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ upasampajja viharati, ayaṃ aṭṭhamo vimokkho. Ime kho, ānanda, aṭṭha vimokkhā.
175阿难，有一次，我刚成正觉不久，住在优楼频螺，尼连禅河边的牧羊人榕树下。那时，阿难，邪恶的魔罗来到我面前，站在一旁。站在一旁后，邪恶的魔罗对我说：'尊者，世尊现在就入般涅槃吧！善至现在就入般涅槃吧！尊者，现在正是世尊般涅槃的时候了！'阿难，当他这样说后，我对邪恶的魔罗说：
‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ , ānanda, samayaṃ uruvelāyaṃ viharāmi najjā nerañjarāya tīre ajapālanigrodhe paṭhamābhisambuddho. Atha kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā; parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti. Evaṃ vutte ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ –
177“‘波旬，我不会般涅槃，直到我的比丘尼女弟子们成为通达、受训、无畏、多闻的持法者，随法修行、如法而行、依法而住，通达了老师的教导之后，能讲述、宣说、确立、安立、开显、分析、阐明法义，能以正法善加制伏所起的各种外道议论，宣说这具足神变力的法。’
‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
178「邪恶者，我将不般涅槃，直到我的比丘尼弟子们成为聪慧的、善调御的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正行的、随法行的，学习了自己导师的教法后，能教导、宣说、施设、建立、开显、分别论、阐明，对于生起的他人异说，能以正法善加折伏后折伏，并宣说具神变的法。」
‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
179“‘波旬，我不会般涅槃，直到我的女居士弟子们成为通达、受训、无畏、多闻的持法者，随法修行、如法而行、依法而住，通达了老师的教导之后，能讲述、宣说、确立、安立、开显、分析、阐明法义，能以正法善加制伏所起的各种外道议论，宣说这具足神变力的法。’
‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārino, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
180「邪恶者，我将不般涅槃，直到我的近事女弟子们成为聪慧的、善调御的、有自信的、多闻的、持法的、法随法行的、正行的、随法行的，学习了自己导师的教法后，能教导、宣说、施设、建立、开显、分别论、阐明，对于生起的他人异说，能以正法善加折伏后折伏，并宣说具神变的法。」
‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacāriniyo, sakaṃ ācariyakaṃ uggahetvā ācikkhissanti desessanti paññapessanti paṭṭhapessanti vivarissanti vibhajissanti uttānīkarissanti, uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.
181“‘波旬，我不会般涅槃，直到我所教导的这梵行，达到成功、兴盛、广大、流传人间、遍及四方，直到被天界和人间的人们所善加宣说。’”
‘‘‘Na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’nti.
176“阿难，就在今天，在遮帕罗塔庙这里，魔罗波旬来到我的面前。走近之后，他站在一旁。阿难，魔罗波旬站在一旁后，就对我说：‘尊者，世尊，现在请般涅槃吧，善逝，请般涅槃吧！尊者，现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。尊者，世尊您曾经说过这样的话：“波旬，我不会般涅槃，直到我的比丘弟子们成为……直到我的比丘尼女弟子们成为……直到我的男居士弟子们成为……直到我的女居士弟子们成为……直到我所教导的这梵行，达到成功、兴盛、广大、流传人间、遍及四方，直到被天界和人间的人们所善加宣说。”而现在，尊者，世尊您的梵行已经成功、兴盛、广大、流传人间、遍及四方，已经被天界和人间的人们所善加宣说了。尊者，世尊，现在请般涅槃吧，善逝，请般涅槃吧！尊者，现在是世尊般涅槃的时候了。’”
‘‘Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye māro pāpimā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho, ānanda, māro pāpimā maṃ etadavoca – ‘parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato. Bhāsitā kho panesā, bhante, bhagavatā vācā – ‘‘na tāvāhaṃ, pāpima , parinibbāyissāmi , yāva me bhikkhū na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsakā na sāvakā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me upāsikā na sāvikā bhavissanti…pe… yāva me idaṃ brahmacariyaṃ na iddhañceva bhavissati phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsita’’nti. Etarahi kho pana, bhante, bhagavato brahmacariyaṃ iddhañceva phītañca vitthārikaṃ bāhujaññaṃ puthubhūtaṃ, yāva devamanussehi suppakāsitaṃ. Parinibbātudāni, bhante, bhagavā, parinibbātu sugato, parinibbānakālodāni, bhante, bhagavato’ti.
177“阿难，当这样说的时候，我就对邪恶的魔罗说：‘你不用操心了，邪恶者，如来不久就要般涅槃了。从现在起三个月之后，如来将般涅槃。’阿难，就在今天，在扎巴乐塔庙，如来已经正念、正知地放下了维持寿命的意志。”
‘‘Evaṃ vutte, ahaṃ, ānanda, māraṃ pāpimantaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘appossukko tvaṃ, pāpima, hohi, naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Idāneva kho, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye tathāgatena satena sampajānena āyusaṅkhāro ossaṭṭho’’ti.
184阿难劝请论
Ānandayācanakathā
185阿难劝请论
Ānandayācanakathā
178这样说的时候，阿难尊者就对世尊说：“大德，世尊就住世一劫吧！善逝就住世一劫吧！为了众多人的利益，为了众多人的安乐，为了悲悯世间，为了人天的利益、福利和安乐！”
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.
187“够了，阿难，到此为止吧。别求如来了。阿难，现在不是求如来的时候。”第二次，阿难尊者……第三次，阿难尊者又对世尊说：“大德，世尊就住世一劫吧！善逝就住世一劫吧！为了众多人的利益，为了众多人的安乐，为了悲悯世间，为了人天的利益、福利和安乐！”
‘‘Alaṃdāni, ānanda. Mā tathāgataṃ yāci, akālodāni, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yācanāyā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando…pe… tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.
188「阿难，你信如来的菩提吗？」「是的，尊者。」「那么，阿难，你为何三次逼迫如来呢？」「尊者，这是我从世尊面前听闻、从面前领受的：『阿难，任何人若已修习、已多修习四神足，已作为乘、作为基础、已实行、已熟练、已善精勤，他若希望，能住一劫或一劫剩余。阿难，如来已修习、已多修习四神足，已作为乘、作为基础、已实行、已熟练、已善精勤。阿难，如来若希望，能住一劫或一劫剩余。』」「阿难，你信吗？」「是的，尊者。」「阿难，因此，这是你的恶作，这是你的过失，即当如来作如此明显的暗示、作如此明显的光明时，你不能洞察，没有请求如来：『尊者，愿世尊住一劫，愿善逝住一劫，为了众人的利益，为了众人的快乐，为了悲悯世间，为了天人的义利、利益、快乐。』阿难，如果你请求如来，如来会拒绝你两次，然后第三次会同意。阿难，因此，这是你的恶作，这是你的过失。」
‘‘Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa bodhi’’nti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Atha kiñcarahi tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāvatatiyakaṃ abhinippīḷesī’’ti? ‘‘Sammukhā metaṃ, bhante, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ‘yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā. So ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’’’ti. ‘‘Saddahasi tvaṃ, ānandā’’ti? ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’. ‘‘Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ, yaṃ tvaṃ tathāgatena evaṃ oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
179“阿难，那时，我住在王舍城的灵鹫山。在那里，阿难，我也对你这样说过：‘阿难，王舍城是很宜人的，灵鹫山是很宜人的。阿难，任何人只要修习……完善地修持了四神足，他若愿意，就能住世一劫，或一劫有余。阿难，如来已经修习……完善地修持了四神足。阿难，如来若愿意，就能住世一劫，或一劫有余。’阿难，即使如来给出了这么明显的暗示，给出了这么明显的提示，你还是没能领会，没去请求如来：‘大德，世尊就住世一劫吧！善逝就住世一劫吧！为了众多人的利益，为了众多人的安乐，为了悲悯世间，为了人天的利益、福利和安乐！’阿难，如果你当时请求如来，如来或许会拒绝你前两次，但第三次的时候会答应你。所以，阿难，这是你做得不对，这是你犯了错。”
‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ rājagahe viharāmi gijjhakūṭe pabbate. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo, ānanda, gijjhakūṭo pabbato. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dve te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
180“阿难，还有一次，我就在王舍城，住在乔达摩榕树园……就在王舍城，住在盗贼崖……就在王舍城，住在维巴山旁的七叶窟……就在王舍城，住在仙人山旁的黑岩……就在王舍城，住在寒林的蛇头山洞……就在王舍城，住在温泉园……就在王舍城，住在竹林松鼠喂养处……就在王舍城，住在耆婆的芒果林……就在王舍城，住在曼德古慈的鹿野苑。在那里，阿难，我也对你这样说过：‘阿难，王舍城是很宜人的，灵鹫山是很宜人的，乔达摩榕树园是很宜人的，盗贼崖是很宜人的，维巴山旁的七叶窟是很宜人的，仙人山旁的黑岩是很宜人的，寒林的蛇头山洞是很宜人的，温泉园是很宜人的，竹林松鼠喂养处是很宜人的，耆婆的芒果林是很宜人的，曼德古慈的鹿野苑是很宜人的。阿难，任何人只要修习……完善地修持了四神足，他若愿意，就能……阿难，如来若愿意，就能住世一劫，或一劫有余。’阿难，即使如来给出了这么明显的暗示，给出了这么明显的提示，你还是没能领会，没去请求如来：‘大德，世尊就住世一劫吧！善逝就住世一劫吧！为了众多人的利益，为了众多人的安乐，为了悲悯世间，为了人天的利益、福利和安乐！’阿难，如果你当时请求如来，如来或许会拒绝你前两次，但第三次的时候会答应你。所以，阿难，这是你做得不对，这是你犯了错。”
‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ tattheva rājagahe viharāmi gotamanigrodhe…pe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi corapapāte… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi isigilipasse kāḷasilāyaṃ… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāre… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi tapodārāme… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi veḷuvane kalandakanivāpe… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi jīvakambavane… tattheva rājagahe viharāmi maddakucchismiṃ migadāye tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyaṃ, ānanda, rājagahaṃ, ramaṇīyo gijjhakūṭo pabbato, ramaṇīyo gotamanigrodho, ramaṇīyo corapapāto, ramaṇīyā vebhārapasse sattapaṇṇiguhā, ramaṇīyā isigilipasse kāḷasilā, ramaṇīyo sītavane sappasoṇḍikapabbhāro , ramaṇīyo tapodārāmo, ramaṇīyo veḷuvane kalandakanivāpo, ramaṇīyaṃ jīvakambavanaṃ, ramaṇīyo maddakucchismiṃ migadāyo. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā…pe… ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
181“阿难，有一次，我也就住在这毗舍离的伍德纳塔庙。就在那里，阿难，我也对你说过：‘阿难，毗舍离真令人愉悦，伍德纳塔庙真令人愉悦。阿难，任何人只要修习、多修、以之为车乘、以之为根基、稳固确立、熟练掌握、善加修持了四神足，他若愿意，便能住世一劫，或者超过一劫。而阿难，如来也已经修习、多修、以之为车乘、以之为根基、稳固确立、熟练掌握、善加修持了四神足。阿难，如来若愿意，便能住世一劫，或者超过一劫。’即使我，阿难，做出了如此明显的暗示、给出了如此清晰的信号，你还是没能领会，没有这样恳请如来：‘世尊，请住世一劫，善逝，请住世一劫，为了众多人的利益，为了众多人的安乐，出于对世间的悲悯，为了人天的福祉、利益和安乐。’阿难，如果你当时向如来恳请，如来或许会推辞你头两次的请求，但第三次便会同意。因此，阿难，这是你的过失，这是你的疏漏。”
‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi udene cetiye. Tatrāpi kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu, bhante, bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya, tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
182“阿难，有一次，我也就住在这毗舍离的乔达摩卡塔庙……也住在这毗舍离的萨昙巴塔庙……也住在这毗舍离的巴户普特塔庙……也住在这毗舍离的萨兰达达塔庙……就在今天，阿难，我在查帕拉塔庙也对你说过：‘阿难，毗舍离真令人愉悦，伍德纳塔庙真令人愉悦，乔达摩卡塔庙真令人愉悦，萨昙巴塔庙真令人愉悦，巴户普特塔庙真令人愉悦，萨兰达达塔庙真令人愉悦，查帕拉塔庙真令人愉悦。阿难，任何人只要修习、多修、以之为车乘、以之为根基、稳固确立、熟练掌握、善加修持了四神足，他若愿意，便能住世一劫，或者超过一劫。而阿难，如来也已经修习、多修、以之为车乘、以之为根基、稳固确立、熟练掌握、善加修持了四神足。阿难，如来若愿意，便能住世一劫，或者超过一劫。’即使我，阿难，做出了如此明显的暗示、给出了如此清晰的信号，你还是没能领会，没有这样恳请如来：‘世尊，请住世一劫，善逝，请住世一劫，为了众多人的利益，为了众多人的安乐，出于对世间的悲悯，为了人天的福祉、利益和安乐。’阿难，如果你当时向如来恳请，如来或许会推辞你头两次的请求，但第三次便会同意。因此，阿难，这是你的过失，这是你的疏漏。”
‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ , ānanda, samayaṃ idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi gotamake cetiye …pe… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sattambe cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi bahuputte cetiye… idheva vesāliyaṃ viharāmi sārandade cetiye… idāneva kho tāhaṃ, ānanda, ajja cāpāle cetiye āmantesiṃ – ‘ramaṇīyā, ānanda, vesālī, ramaṇīyaṃ udenaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ gotamakaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sattambaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ bahuputtaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ sārandadaṃ cetiyaṃ, ramaṇīyaṃ cāpālaṃ cetiyaṃ. Yassa kassaci, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā. Tathāgatassa kho, ānanda, cattāro iddhipādā bhāvitā bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā, so ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, tathāgato kappaṃ vā tiṭṭheyya kappāvasesaṃ vā’ti. Evampi kho tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena oḷārike nimitte kayiramāne oḷārike obhāse kayiramāne nāsakkhi paṭivijjhituṃ, na tathāgataṃ yāci – ‘tiṭṭhatu bhagavā kappaṃ, tiṭṭhatu sugato kappaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’nti. Sace tvaṃ, ānanda, tathāgataṃ yāceyyāsi, dveva te vācā tathāgato paṭikkhipeyya, atha tatiyakaṃ adhivāseyya. Tasmātihānanda, tuyhevetaṃ dukkaṭaṃ, tuyhevetaṃ aparaddhaṃ.
183“阿难，我难道不是早就告诉过你吗？‘一切喜爱、可意的事物，最终都会别离、分离、变化。阿难，对于已经出生、存在、有为、具有坏灭本质的东西，怎么可能期望它不会坏灭呢？这是不可能的。’而阿难，如来已经舍弃、吐出、解除、断除、放下了寿命的构造因素，并说出了那样肯定的话语：‘如来般涅槃的时刻不远了。从现在起，再过三个月，如来就将般涅槃。’要让如来因为活命的缘故，又把这番话收回去，这是不可能的。来吧，阿难，我们去大林的重阁讲堂吧。” “好的，世尊。”阿难尊者应答了世尊。
‘‘Nanu etaṃ , ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo. Taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā, yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati’. Yaṃ kho panetaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatena cattaṃ vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ ossaṭṭho āyusaṅkhāro, ekaṃsena vācā bhāsitā – ‘na ciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’ti. Tañca tathāgato jīvitahetu puna paccāvamissatīti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Āyāmānanda, yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
194那时，世尊便和阿难尊者一起，前往大林的重阁讲堂。到了之后，世尊对阿难尊者说：“阿难，你去把凡是住在毗舍离一带的比丘，全都召集到集会堂来。” “好的，世尊。”阿难尊者回应了世尊后，便把凡是住在毗舍离一带的比丘，全都召集到集会堂，然后来到世尊这里。到了之后，他顶礼世尊，然后站在一边。站在一边的阿难尊者对世尊这样说：“世尊，比丘僧团已经集合好了，现在，世尊，请您斟酌时间吧。”
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmatā ānandena saddhiṃ yena mahāvanaṃ kūṭāgārasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti, te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātetvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhito kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sannipatito, bhante, bhikkhusaṅgho, yassadāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti.
184于是，世尊就前往集会堂。到了之后，在铺设好的座位上坐下。坐下后，世尊对比丘们说：“因此，比丘们，我所证知后为你们宣说的那些法，你们要好好地学习、实践、修习、多修，好让这梵行能够长久住世、永续流传，这是为了众多人的利益，为了众多人的安乐，出于对世间的悲悯，为了人天的福祉、利益和安乐。比丘们，哪些法是我证知后为你们宣说，你们应当好好学习、实践、修习、多修，好让这梵行能够长久住世、永续流传，为了众多人的利益，为了众多人的安乐，出于对世间的悲悯，为了人天的福祉、利益和安乐的呢？那就是：四念住、四正勤、四神足、五根、五力、七觉支、八圣道。比丘们，这些就是我证知后为你们宣说的法，你们应当好好学习、实践、修习、多修，好让这梵行能够长久住世、永续流传，这是为了众多人的利益，为了众多人的安乐，出于对世间的悲悯，为了人天的福祉、利益和安乐。”
Atha kho bhagavā yenupaṭṭhānasālā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘tasmātiha, bhikkhave, ye te mayā dhammā abhiññā desitā, te vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Katame ca te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ. Seyyathidaṃ – cattāro satipaṭṭhānā cattāro sammappadhānā cattāro iddhipādā pañcindriyāni pañca balāni satta bojjhaṅgā ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo. Ime kho te, bhikkhave, dhammā mayā abhiññā desitā, ye vo sādhukaṃ uggahetvā āsevitabbā bhāvetabbā bahulīkātabbā, yathayidaṃ brahmacariyaṃ addhaniyaṃ assa ciraṭṭhitikaṃ, tadassa bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussāna’’nti.
185那时，世尊又对比丘们说：“好了，比丘们，我现在告诉你们：‘诸行都具有坏灭的本质，你们要依靠不放逸，成就一切。’如来般涅槃的时刻不远了。从现在起，再过三个月，如来就将般涅槃。”世尊如此说，善逝如此说后，这位导师接着又说了以下的偈颂：
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘handadāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā, appamādena sampādetha. Naciraṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ito tiṇṇaṃ māsānaṃ accayena tathāgato parinibbāyissatī’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā . –
197「我的寿命已成熟，我的生命已剩少；
‘‘Paripakko vayo mayhaṃ, parittaṃ mama jīvitaṃ;
198舍弃你们我将去，我已作自己的皈依处。
Pahāya vo gamissāmi, kataṃ me saraṇamattano.
199「诸比丘，你们应不放逸、具念、具善戒；
‘‘Appamattā satīmanto, susīlā hotha bhikkhavo;
200以善等持的思惟，守护自己的心。
Susamāhitasaṅkappā, sacittamanurakkhatha.
201「在此法与律中，谁精勤安住而不放逸；
‘‘Yo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye, appamatto vihassati;
202舍弃生与轮回，将作苦的终结。」
Pahāya jātisaṃsāraṃ, dukkhassantaṃ karissatī’’ti .
203第三诵品
Tatiyo bhāṇavāro.
204龙象回顾
Nāgāpalokitaṃ
205第三诵品
Tatiyo bhāṇavāro.
206龙象回顾
Nāgāpalokitaṃ
186那时，世尊在上午时分穿好衣，拿着钵与衣，进入毗舍离为了托钵。在毗舍离为了托钵而行后，食后从托钵食返回，以象回顾眺望毗舍离后，对具寿阿难说：「阿难，这是如来对毗舍离的最后一次见面。来吧，阿难，我们去班荼村。」「是的，尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。
Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya vesāliṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi. Vesāliyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto nāgāpalokitaṃ vesāliṃ apaloketvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘idaṃ pacchimakaṃ, ānanda, tathāgatassa vesāliyā dassanaṃ bhavissati. Āyāmānanda, yena bhaṇḍagāmo tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
208那时，世尊与大比丘僧团一起抵达班达村。在那里，世尊住在班达村。在那里，世尊对诸比丘说：「诸比丘！由于对四法的不随觉、不通达，我与你们长久以来流转轮回。是哪四法呢？诸比丘！由于对圣戒的不随觉、不通达，我与你们长久以来流转轮回。诸比丘！由于对圣定的不随觉、不通达，我与你们长久以来流转轮回。诸比丘！由于对圣慧的不随觉、不通达，我与你们长久以来流转轮回。诸比丘！由于对圣解脱的不随觉、不通达，我与你们长久以来流转轮回。诸比丘！现在这圣戒已被随觉、已被通达，圣定已被随觉、已被通达，圣慧已被随觉、已被通达，圣解脱已被随觉、已被通达，有渴爱已被断除，有之导引已被灭尽，现在不再有后有。」世尊说了这个，说了这个之后，善逝、导师又说了这个：」
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhaṇḍagāmo tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharati. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘catunnaṃ, bhikkhave, dhammānaṃ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamañceva tumhākañca. Katamesaṃ catunnaṃ? Ariyassa, bhikkhave, sīlassa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyassa, bhikkhave, samādhissa ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, paññāya ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Ariyāya, bhikkhave, vimuttiyā ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṃ dīghamaddhānaṃ sandhāvitaṃ saṃsaritaṃ mamaṃ ceva tumhākañca. Tayidaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyaṃ sīlaṃ anubuddhaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, ariyo samādhi anubuddho paṭividdho, ariyā paññā anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ariyā vimutti anubuddhā paṭividdhā, ucchinnā bhavataṇhā, khīṇā bhavanetti, natthi dāni punabbhavo’’ti. Idamavoca bhagavā, idaṃ vatvāna sugato athāparaṃ etadavoca satthā –
209「戒、定、慧，以及无上解脱；」
‘‘Sīlaṃ samādhi paññā ca, vimutti ca anuttarā;
210「这些法已被随觉，由有名声的乔达摩。」
Anubuddhā ime dhammā, gotamena yasassinā.
211「如此，佛陀证知后，为诸比丘宣说法；」
‘‘Iti buddho abhiññāya, dhammamakkhāsi bhikkhunaṃ;
212「导师是苦的终结者，具眼者已般涅槃。」
Dukkhassantakaro satthā, cakkhumā parinibbuto’’ti.
213就在犍荼村那里安住的时候，世尊也大多为比丘们作这样的佛法开示："这就是戒，这就是定，这就是慧。被戒所滋养的定有大果报、大利益。被定所滋养的慧有大果报、大利益。被慧所滋养的心，就能正确无误地从诸漏中解脱，也就是：欲漏、有漏、无明漏。"
Tatrāpi sudaṃ bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme viharanto etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso. Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
214四大教法论
Catumahāpadesakathā
215四大教法论
Catumahāpadesakathā
187那时，世尊在班达村随意住了之后，对具寿阿难说：「来吧，阿难！我们去象村、去芒果村、去阎浮村、去富城。」「是的，尊者！」具寿阿难回答世尊。那时，世尊与大比丘僧团一起抵达富城。在那里，世尊住在富城的阿难塔庙。在那里，世尊对诸比丘说：「诸比丘！我将教导这四大教法，你们要听！你们要善作意！我要说了。」「是的，尊者！」那些比丘回答世尊。世尊说了这个：」
Atha kho bhagavā bhaṇḍagāme yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena hatthigāmo, yena ambagāmo, yena jambugāmo, yena bhoganagaraṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena bhoganagaraṃ tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharati ānande cetiye. Tatra kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, mahāpadese desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha, sādhukaṃ manasikarotha, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho te bhikkhū bhagavato paccassosuṃ. Bhagavā etadavoca –
188"比丘们，在这里，如果有比丘这样说：'贤友，我当面从世尊那里听到，当面领受了这个：这就是法，这就是律，这就是导师的教诫。'比丘们，对那位比丘的话，既不应当欣喜接受，也不应当立即否定。在不欣喜接受、不立即否定之后，要好好地记取那些词句，然后与经对照，与律比对。如果那些词句与经对照、与律比对时，既不见于经，也不符合律，那么就可以得出结论：'这必定不是那位世尊的话；是这位比丘理解错了。'比丘们，这样你们就应该舍弃它。如果那些词句与经对照、与律比对时，既见于经，也符合律，那么就可以得出结论：'这必定是那位世尊的话；这位比丘理解对了。'比丘们，你们应当记取这第一大教法。
‘‘Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni , vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti , na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; imassa ca bhikkhuno suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
218“再者，比丘们，如果有比丘这样说：‘在某个名为某某的住处，住着一位长老比丘，他多闻、传承久远、持法、持律、持论母。我从那位长老面前亲闻、亲受：“这是法，这是律，这是导师的教言。”’比丘们，对比丘所说的话，不应欣然接受，也不应立刻排斥。既不欣然接受，也不立刻排斥，而应善巧地记取那些字句，再与经核对，与律对照。若与经核对、与律对照时，既不收入经中，也不见于律中，你们应得出结论：‘这确实不是世尊的话，是那位长老的错误领受。’比丘们，这样你们就应该舍弃它。而如果与经核对、与律对照时，收入经中，也见于律中，你们应得出结论：‘这确实是世尊的话，是那位长老的正确领受。’比丘们，这是你们应当持守的第四个大教示。比丘们，你们应当持守这四个大教示。”
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse saṅgho viharati sathero sapāmokkho. Tassa me saṅghassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ, ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāretabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā , idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca saṅghassa suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
219「诸比丘，于此，比丘如此说——『在名为某某的住处，有众多长老比丘住，多闻、通晓传承、持法者、持律者、持三十二相者。我从那些长老面前听闻，从面前领受：这是法，这是律，这是导师的教诫。』诸比丘，对那位比丘所说的，既不应欢喜……(中略)……也不与律相应，应得出结论：『确实，这既非彼世尊之语；那些长老误受了。』诸比丘，如此，你们应舍弃它。若使之与诸经相比对时……(中略)……也与律相应，应得出结论：『确实，这是彼世尊之语；那些长老善受了。』诸比丘，你们应忆持这第三大教法。」
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse sambahulā therā bhikkhū viharanti bahussutā āgatāgamā dhammadharā vinayadharā mātikādharā. Tesaṃ me therānaṃ sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ…pe… na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni…pe… vinaye ca sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tesañca therānaṃ suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, tatiyaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha.
220「诸比丘，于此，比丘如此说——『在名为某某的住处，有一位长老比丘住，多闻、通晓传承、持法者、持律者、持三十二相者。我从那位长老面前听闻，从面前领受：这是法，这是律，这是导师的教诫。』诸比丘，对那位比丘所说的，既不应欢喜，也不应排斥。不欢喜、不排斥后，应善加忆持那些文句，应使之与诸经相比对，应使之与律相对照。若使之与诸经相比对时，与律相对照时，既不与诸经相合，也不与律相应，应得出结论：『确实，这既非彼世尊之语；那位长老误受了。』诸比丘，如此，你们应舍弃它。若使之与诸经相比对时，与律相对照时，既与诸经相合，也与律相应，应得出结论：『确实，这是彼世尊之语；那位长老善受了。』诸比丘，你们应忆持这第四大教法。诸比丘，你们应忆持这四大教法。」
‘‘Idha pana, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃ vadeyya – ‘amukasmiṃ nāma āvāse eko thero bhikkhu viharati bahussuto āgatāgamo dhammadharo vinayadharo mātikādharo. Tassa me therassa sammukhā sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – ayaṃ dhammo ayaṃ vinayo idaṃ satthusāsana’nti. Tassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno bhāsitaṃ neva abhinanditabbaṃ nappaṭikkositabbaṃ. Anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā tāni padabyañjanāni sādhukaṃ uggahetvā sutte osāritabbāni, vinaye sandassetabbāni. Tāni ce sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni na ceva sutte osaranti, na ca vinaye sandissanti, niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā, idaṃ na ceva tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa duggahita’nti. Itihetaṃ, bhikkhave, chaḍḍeyyātha. Tāni ca sutte osāriyamānāni vinaye sandassiyamānāni sutte ceva osaranti, vinaye ca sandissanti , niṭṭhamettha gantabbaṃ – ‘addhā , idaṃ tassa bhagavato vacanaṃ; tassa ca therassa suggahita’nti. Idaṃ, bhikkhave, catutthaṃ mahāpadesaṃ dhāreyyātha. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro mahāpadese dhāreyyāthā’’ti.
221在那里，世尊住在宝伽城阿难塔庙时，也多对诸比丘作这法谈：「如此是戒，如此是定，如此是慧。修习戒成就的定有大果、大利益。修习定成就的慧有大果、大利益。修习慧成就的心完全从诸漏解脱，即：欲漏、有漏、无明漏。」
Tatrapi sudaṃ bhagavā bhoganagare viharanto ānande cetiye etadeva bahulaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ dhammiṃ kathaṃ karoti – ‘‘iti sīlaṃ, iti samādhi, iti paññā. Sīlaparibhāvito samādhi mahapphalo hoti mahānisaṃso . Samādhiparibhāvitā paññā mahapphalā hoti mahānisaṃsā. Paññāparibhāvitaṃ cittaṃ sammadeva āsavehi vimuccati, seyyathidaṃ – kāmāsavā, bhavāsavā, avijjāsavā’’ti.
222铁匠子准德事
Kammāraputtacundavatthu
189那时，世尊在薄伽城随心所欲地住了一段时间后，就对阿难尊者说：‘来吧，阿难，我们前往葩瓦城吧。’‘是的，尊者。’阿难尊者回应世尊。于是，世尊与大队比丘僧团一起，向葩瓦城出发。后来，世尊确实到达了葩瓦城，住在铁匠子准德的芒果林中。铁匠子准德听说：‘听说世尊到了葩瓦城，正住在我的芒果林里。’于是，铁匠子准德就去拜访世尊。到了以后，向世尊敬礼，坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的铁匠子准德，用法谈开示、劝导、激励、令其欢喜。那时，铁匠子准德听了世尊的法谈，受到开示、劝导、激励、欢喜后，就问世尊：‘尊者，请世尊明天和比丘僧团一起，接受我的饭食供养。’世尊默然同意了。铁匠子准德知道世尊已经答应，就从座位起身，向世尊敬礼、右绕作礼后，就离开了。
Atha kho bhagavā bhoganagare yathābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena pāvā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena pāvā tadavasari. Tatra sudaṃ bhagavā pāvāyaṃ viharati cundassa kammāraputtassa ambavane. Assosi kho cundo kammāraputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira pāvaṃ anuppatto, pāvāyaṃ viharati mayhaṃ ambavane’’ti. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘adhivāsetu me, bhante, bhagavā svātanāya bhattaṃ saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghenā’’ti. Adhivāsesi bhagavā tuṇhībhāvena. Atha kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato adhivāsanaṃ viditvā uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
224那时，铁匠之子准达在那夜过后，在自己的住处准备了殊妙的副食、主食，以及大量的苏咖喇玛答瓦，使人告知世尊时间：「尊者，时间到了，食物已备办。」那时，世尊在上午时分着衣、持钵衣，与比丘僧团一起去铁匠之子准达的住处；到达后，坐于所设的座位。坐下后，世尊告诉铁匠之子准达：「准达，你所备办的苏咖喇玛答瓦，用它来供养我。你所备办的其他副食、主食，用它来供养比丘僧团。」「是的，尊者。」铁匠之子准达回答世尊后，用所备办的苏咖喇玛答瓦供养世尊。用所备办的其他副食、主食供养比丘僧团。那时，世尊告诉铁匠之子准达：「准达，你剩余的苏咖喇玛答瓦，把它埋在坑中。准达，我在这包括天的世间、包括魔的世间、包括梵天的世间、包括沙门婆罗门的人天众中，看不到除了如来之外，有谁食用它能完全消化。」「是的，尊者。」铁匠之子准达回答世尊后，把剩余的苏咖喇玛答瓦埋在坑中后，去见世尊；到达后，礼敬世尊，坐于一旁。世尊以法谈开示、劝导、鼓励、使坐于一旁的铁匠之子准达欢喜后，从座起立离去。
Atha kho cundo kammāraputto tassā rattiyā accayena sake nivesane paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā pahūtañca sūkaramaddavaṃ bhagavato kālaṃ ārocāpesi – ‘‘kālo, bhante, niṭṭhitaṃ bhatta’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena cundassa kammāraputtassa nivesanaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi. Nisajja kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena maṃ parivisa. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ paṭiyattaṃ, tena bhagavantaṃ parivisi. Yaṃ panaññaṃ khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ paṭiyattaṃ , tena bhikkhusaṅghaṃ parivisi. Atha kho bhagavā cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘yaṃ te, cunda, sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇāhi. Nāhaṃ taṃ, cunda, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya, yassa taṃ paribhuttaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gaccheyya aññatra tathāgatassā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho cundo kammāraputto bhagavato paṭissutvā yaṃ ahosi sūkaramaddavaṃ avasiṭṭhaṃ, taṃ sobbhe nikhaṇitvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho cundaṃ kammāraputtaṃ bhagavā dhammiyā kathāya sandassetvā samādapetvā samuttejetvā sampahaṃsetvā uṭṭhāyāsanā pakkāmi.
190那时，世尊吃了铁匠子准德的饭食后，生起了剧烈的疾病，是带血的赤痢，伴随着濒临死亡的、极其难忍的剧痛。而世尊正念正知地忍受着这一切，没有痛苦不安。于是，世尊对阿难尊者说：‘来吧，阿难，我们前往拘尸那吧。’‘是的，尊者。’阿难尊者回应世尊。
Atha kho bhagavato cundassa kammāraputtassa bhattaṃ bhuttāvissa kharo ābādho uppajji, lohitapakkhandikā pabāḷhā vedanā vattanti māraṇantikā. Tā sudaṃ bhagavā sato sampajāno adhivāsesi avihaññamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena kusinārā tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
226「食用了铁匠准达的食物后，我听说；」
Cundassa bhattaṃ bhuñjitvā, kammārassāti me sutaṃ;
227智者触及疾病，强烈的、近于死亡的。
Ābādhaṃ samphusī dhīro, pabāḷhaṃ māraṇantikaṃ.
228由于食用了猪喜欢的食物，
Bhuttassa ca sūkaramaddavena,
229导师生起了强烈的疾病；
Byādhippabāḷho udapādi satthuno;
230世尊在腹泻时说道，
Virecamāno bhagavā avoca,
231「我将前往拘尸那城」。
Gacchāmahaṃ kusināraṃ nagaranti.
232取水
Pānīyāharaṇaṃ
233取水
Pānīyāharaṇaṃ
191那时，世尊离开道路，走到一棵树下。到了之后，便对阿难尊者说：“阿难，请你把僧伽梨四折叠好铺开，我觉得疲倦，需要坐一坐。” “好的，尊者。”阿难尊者答应世尊后，就把僧伽梨铺成了四折。世尊在铺好的座位上坐了下来。坐下之后，他对阿难尊者说：“阿难，请你打点水来，我有点口渴，想喝些水。” 听了这话，阿难尊者这样回答世尊：“尊者，不久之前，大约有五百辆车子刚刚经过，水被车轮碾过，又浅又浑又脏，就这么流着。尊者，在不远处有一条名叫卡库塔的河，河水清澈，甘甜清凉，水流纯净，还有很好的渡口和美丽的风景。请世尊去那里喝水，同时也可以让身体清爽一下。”
Atha kho bhagavā maggā okkamma yena aññataraṃ rukkhamūlaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nisīdissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Nisīdi bhagavā paññatte āsane. Nisajja kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītī karissatī’’ti.
235世尊第二次对阿难尊者的说：“阿难，请你打点水来，我有点口渴，想喝些水。” 阿难尊者再次这样回应：“尊者，不久之前，大约有五百辆车子刚刚经过，水被车轮碾过，又浅又浑又脏，就这么流着。尊者，在不远处有一条名叫卡库塔的河，河水清澈，甘甜清凉，水流纯净，还有很好的渡口和美丽的风景。请世尊去那里喝水，同时也可以让身体清爽一下。”
Dutiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. Dutiyampi kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘idāni, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni, taṃ cakkacchinnaṃ udakaṃ parittaṃ luḷitaṃ āvilaṃ sandati. Ayaṃ, bhante, kakudhā nadī avidūre acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setodakā suppatitthā ramaṇīyā. Ettha bhagavā pānīyañca pivissati, gattāni ca sītīkarissatī’’ti.
236世尊第三次对阿难尊者说：“阿难，请你拿水来，我有点口渴，想喝些水。” “好的，尊者。”阿难尊者答应后，拿着钵走向那条小河。就在阿难尊者走近的时候，那条原本被车轮碾过、又浅又浑又脏、浑浊地流着的小河，立刻变得清净、透明、不再浑浊地流淌了。这时，阿难尊者心里想着：“真是稀奇啊，实在不可思议，如来的大神通、大威力！这条河原本被车轮碾得又浅又浑又脏，我一走近，它就立刻变得清净透明、不再浑浊地流了。” 他用钵取了水，来到世尊那里，对世尊说：“尊者，真是稀奇啊，尊者，实在不可思议，如来的大神通、大威力！尊者，那条河原本被车轮碾过，又浅又浑又脏，在我走近的时候，立刻变得清净透明、不再浑浊地流淌了。请世尊喝水，请善逝喝水。” 于是，世尊喝了水。
Tatiyampi kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, pānīyaṃ āhara, pipāsitosmi, ānanda, pivissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā pattaṃ gahetvā yena sā nadikā tenupasaṅkami. Atha kho sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā, āyasmante ānande upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha . Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘acchariyaṃ vata, bho, abbhutaṃ vata, bho, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Ayañhi sā nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandatī’’ti. Pattena pānīyaṃ ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa mahiddhikatā mahānubhāvatā. Idāni sā bhante nadikā cakkacchinnā parittā luḷitā āvilā sandamānā mayi upasaṅkamante acchā vippasannā anāvilā sandittha. Pivatu bhagavā pānīyaṃ pivatu sugato pānīya’’nti. Atha kho bhagavā pānīyaṃ apāyi.
237布咕萨马喇子事
Pukkusamallaputtavatthu
192就在这个时候，马喇族的布咕萨，他是阿拉罗·咖喇麻的弟子，正从拘尸那走在去往巴瓦的路上。布咕萨看见世尊坐在一棵树下，便走上前去，向世尊行礼后，坐在一旁。坐定之后，布咕萨这样对世尊说：“尊者，真是神奇，真是不可思议！出家人确实能安住于如此寂静的境地。尊者，从前有一次，阿拉罗·咖喇麻正走在路上，他离开大路，在不远处的一棵树下坐了下来，作白天的静修。尊者，那时大约有五百辆车，一辆接一辆地从阿拉罗·咖喇麻身边经过。后来，有一个男子跟在车队后面走来，他走到阿拉罗·咖喇麻跟前，问道：‘尊者，您看见大约有五百辆车经过了吗？’ 阿拉罗·咖喇麻答道：‘朋友，我没有看见。’ 那人又问：‘尊者，那您听见什么声音了吗？’ 阿拉罗·咖喇麻说：‘朋友，我也没有听见任何声音。’ 那人接着问：‘尊者，您莫非是睡着了？’ ‘朋友，我并没有睡着。’ ‘那您是有知觉地保持清醒的吗？’ ‘是的，朋友。’ 那人就惊讶地说：‘尊者，您清醒地待着，眼睛睁着，这五百辆车一辆接一辆地从您身边经过，您既没有看见，也没有听见任何声音，可是尊者，您的僧衣上明明还落了不少尘土呢？’ 阿拉罗·咖喇麻回答：‘是的，朋友。’ 尊者，那人便生起了这样的念头：‘真是稀奇啊！实在不可思议！出家人竟然能安住于如此寂静的境界。清醒而有知觉，睁着眼睛，五百辆车从身边经过，竟然能既看不到车子，也听不到声音。’ 于是，他对阿拉罗·咖喇麻生起了深切的信敬心，然后离去了。”
Tena rokho pana samayena pukkuso mallaputto āḷārassa kālāmassa sāvako kusinārāya pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisinnaṃ. Disvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, santena vata, bhante, pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Bhūtapubbaṃ, bhante , āḷāro kālāmo addhānamaggappaṭippanno maggā okkamma avidūre aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle divāvihāraṃ nisīdi. Atha kho, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ nissāya nissāya atikkamiṃsu. Atha kho, bhante, aññataro puriso tassa sakaṭasatthassa piṭṭhito piṭṭhito āgacchanto yena āḷāro kālāmo tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āḷāraṃ kālāmaṃ etadavoca – ‘api, bhante, pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni atikkantāni addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosi; apisu te, bhante, saṅghāṭi rajena okiṇṇā’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. Atha kho, bhante, tassa purisassa etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti! Āḷāre kālāme uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā pakkāmī’’ti.
193“布咕萨，你怎么看呢？是这么一种情况更困难、更难得：一个人清醒而有知觉，睁着眼睛，面对五百辆一辆接一辆从身边经过的车子，能做到既不见其形，也不闻其声；还是另一种更困难、更难得：一个人清醒而有知觉，睁着眼睛，在天上大雨倾盆、雷声滚滚、闪电交错、霹雳炸开的时候，能做到既不见其形，也不闻其声？” 布咕萨说：“尊者，五百辆、六百辆、七百辆、八百辆、九百辆也好，一千辆、十万辆车子也好，算得上什么呢？相比之下，当然是清醒而有知觉，睁着眼睛，在天下着大雨、雷声滚滚、闪电交错、霹雳炸开的时候，既不见其形，也不闻其声要困难得多、难得得多呀！”
‘‘Taṃ kiṃ maññasi, pukkusa, katamaṃ nu kho dukkarataraṃ vā durabhisambhavataraṃ vā – yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro pañcamattāni sakaṭasatāni nissāya nissāya atikkantāni neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyya; yo vā saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā’’ti? ‘‘Kiñhi, bhante, karissanti pañca vā sakaṭasatāni cha vā sakaṭasatāni satta vā sakaṭasatāni aṭṭha vā sakaṭasatāni nava vā sakaṭasatāni , sakaṭasahassaṃ vā sakaṭasatasahassaṃ vā. Atha kho etadeva dukkarataraṃ ceva durabhisambhavatarañca yo saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva passeyya, na pana saddaṃ suṇeyyā’’ti.
240“布咕萨，曾经有一个时候，我住在阿兔摩的谷仓精舍里。那时，天上下着大雨，雷声滚滚，闪电交错，霹雳炸开，就在谷仓精舍不远处，有两个做农民的兄弟和四头公牛被雷劈死了。布咕萨，那时阿兔摩城里聚起了好大一群人，他们出城去到那两兄弟和四头牛出事的地方。而那个时候，我正好从谷仓精舍出来，在精舍门外的一块空地上经行。布咕萨，人群中有一个男子向我走来，向我行礼后，就站在一旁。我问那位站在一旁的男子：‘朋友，这么多的人聚在一起，是出了什么事了吗？’ 他对我说：‘尊者，刚才天上下着大雨，雷声滚滚，闪电交错，霹雳炸开，结果把两个做农民的兄弟和四头公牛给打死了。这些人都是因为这件事聚集起来的。尊者，那时候您在哪里呢？’ 我说：‘朋友，我就在这儿。’ 那人又问：‘尊者，那您看见了什么吗？’ ‘朋友，我什么都没看见。’ ‘尊者，那您听见什么声音了吗？’ ‘朋友，我没听见任何声音。’ ‘尊者，您那时是睡着了吗？’ ‘朋友，我没有睡着。’ ‘那么，尊者，您是清醒并且有知觉的吗？’ ‘是的，朋友。’ 那人惊讶地说：‘尊者，您清醒而有知觉，睁着眼睛，在天上下着倾盆大雨、雷声滚滚、闪电交错、霹雳炸开的时候，竟然既没看到，也什么都没听见？’ ‘是的，朋友。’”
‘‘Ekamidāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayaṃ ātumāyaṃ viharāmi bhusāgāre. Tena kho pana samayena deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā avidūre bhusāgārassa dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā . Atha kho, pukkusa, ātumāya mahājanakāyo nikkhamitvā yena te dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā tenupasaṅkami. Tena kho panāhaṃ, pukkusa, samayena bhusāgārā nikkhamitvā bhusāgāradvāre abbhokāse caṅkamāmi. Atha kho, pukkusa, aññataro puriso tamhā mahājanakāyā yenāhaṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā maṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ aṭṭhāsi. Ekamantaṃ ṭhitaṃ kho ahaṃ, pukkusa, taṃ purisaṃ etadavocaṃ – ‘kiṃ nu kho eso, āvuso, mahājanakāyo sannipatito’ti? ‘Idāni , bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā. Ettheso mahājanakāyo sannipatito. Tvaṃ pana, bhante, kva ahosī’ti? ‘Idheva kho ahaṃ, āvuso, ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, addasā’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, addasa’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, saddaṃ assosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, sutto ahosī’ti? ‘Na kho ahaṃ, āvuso, sutto ahosi’nti. ‘Kiṃ pana, bhante, saññī ahosī’ti? ‘Evamāvuso’ti. ‘So tvaṃ, bhante, saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva addasa, na pana saddaṃ assosī’ti? ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti?
241「布库沙，那时，那人这样想：『实在不可思议啊！实在未曾有啊！诸出家者确实以寂静的住处而住。因为他有意识且清醒，当天下雨、天打雷、闪电闪烁、雷霆劈落时，他既没有看见，也没有听到声音！』他对我表达了极大的净信后，礼敬我，作右绕后离去。」
‘‘Atha kho, pukkusa, purisassa etadahosi – ‘acchariyaṃ vata bho, abbhutaṃ vata bho, santena vata bho pabbajitā vihārena viharanti. Yatra hi nāma saññī samāno jāgaro deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā neva dakkhati, na pana saddaṃ sossatī’ti . Mayi uḷāraṃ pasādaṃ pavedetvā maṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmī’’ti.
242听了这话，马喇族的布咕萨对世尊这样说：“尊者啊！我对我那老师阿拉罗·卡拉马所怀有的那份信心，今天我要把它全丢弃在狂风中，或冲散在湍急的河流里，一点也不留了。真是太了不起了，尊者！太了不起了，尊者！尊者啊，这就好比把倾倒的东西扶正，把隐蔽的东西揭开，给迷路的人指明道路，或是在黑暗中举起油灯，让有眼睛的人能看见东西一样；世尊您正是这样，用各种方式把法阐述得清清楚楚。我，尊者，从今往后，愿意终生归依世尊、归依法、归依比丘僧团。请世尊接受我作为一位终身归依的在家弟子吧！”
Evaṃ vutte pukkuso mallaputto bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘esāhaṃ, bhante, yo me āḷāre kālāme pasādo taṃ mahāvāte vā ophuṇāmi sīghasotāya vā nadiyā pavāhemi. Abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante! Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti; evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Upāsakaṃ maṃ bhagavā dhāretu ajjatagge pāṇupetaṃ saraṇaṃ gata’’nti.
194于是，马喇族的布咕萨吩咐一个随从说：“伙计，把那对精心打磨、可以随身佩戴的金色布匹拿来。”那随从回答：“好的，尊者。”就把那对金色布匹取来了。接着，马喇族的布咕萨便把这对金色布匹供奉给世尊，说道：“尊者，这是一对精心打磨、可以随身佩戴的金色布匹，请世尊出于慈悲，接受它吧。”“那么，布咕萨，一件给我披上，另一件给阿难。”马喇族的布咕萨回答：“好的，尊者。”便依言而行，一件披在世尊身上，另一件披在阿难尊者身上。接着，世尊对马喇族的布咕萨进行了一场法义的开示，教导他、激励他、鼓舞他，令他心生欢喜。马喇族的布咕萨听了世尊的法义开示，被教导、被激励、被鼓舞后，心中充满欢喜，便从座位上起身，向世尊行礼，右绕之后，离开了。
Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto aññataraṃ purisaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, bhaṇe, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āharā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho so puriso pukkusassa mallaputtassa paṭissutvā taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ āhari . Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato upanāmesi – ‘‘idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ, taṃ me bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātu anukampaṃ upādāyā’’ti. ‘‘Tena hi, pukkusa, ekena maṃ acchādehi, ekena ānanda’’nti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavato paṭissutvā ekena bhagavantaṃ acchādeti, ekena āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā pukkusaṃ mallaputtaṃ dhammiyā kathāya sandassesi samādapesi samuttejesi sampahaṃsesi. Atha kho pukkuso mallaputto bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya sandassito samādapito samuttejito sampahaṃsito uṭṭhāyāsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pakkāmi.
195在马喇族的布咕萨离开后不久，阿难尊者把那对金色布匹贴近世尊的身体。那金色布匹一贴近世尊的身体，就显得暗淡无光，像是被比下去的火炭一样。于是，阿难尊者便对世尊说：“真是奇妙啊，尊者！真是不可思议啊，尊者！世尊，您的肤色竟是如此清净、如此光洁。我把这金色的布匹贴近世尊的身体，一比之下，它就完全失去了光泽，像块被比下去的火炭。”世尊告诉他：“正是如此，阿难，正是如此。阿难，在两种情况下，如来的身体会显得特别清净，肤色光洁无与伦比。是哪两种呢？第一，是如来证得无上正等正觉的那个夜晚；第二，是如来在无余涅槃界中入般涅槃的那个夜晚。阿难，就在这两种时刻，如来的身体会显现出特别清净、光洁的肤色。而今天，阿难，就在今夜最后的一刻，在拘尸那城马喇族属地的这片娑罗树林中、两棵双生的娑罗树之间，如来将要入般涅槃了。走吧，阿难，我们去葛枯塔河那边。”阿难尊者回答：“好的，尊者。”
Atha kho āyasmā ānando acirapakkante pukkuse mallaputte taṃ siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmesi. Taṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya khāyati. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, yāva parisuddho, bhante, tathāgatassa chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Idaṃ, bhante, siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ dhāraṇīyaṃ bhagavato kāyaṃ upanāmitaṃ hataccikaṃ viya khāyatī’’ti. ‘‘Evametaṃ, ānanda, evametaṃ, ānanda dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. Katamesu dvīsu? Yañca, ānanda, rattiṃ tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca rattiṃ anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Imesu kho, ānanda, dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto. ‘‘Ajja kho, panānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati . Āyāmānanda, yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.
245布库沙献上了那对金色的、价值一百的衣服；
Siṅgīvaṇṇaṃ yugamaṭṭhaṃ, pukkuso abhihārayi;
246被那(袈裟)所覆盖，导师金色辉耀。
Tena acchādito satthā, hemavaṇṇo asobhathāti.
196那时，世尊与大比丘僧团一起前往咖古达河；抵达后，进入咖古达河，沐浴并饮水后上岸，前往芒果林。抵达后，世尊对具寿准达咖说：「来吧，准达咖，请你为我铺设四折的桑喀帝，我疲倦了，准达咖，我要躺下。」
Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena kakudhā nadī tenupasaṅkami ; upasaṅkamitvā kakudhaṃ nadiṃ ajjhogāhetvā nhatvā ca pivitvā ca paccuttaritvā yena ambavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ cundakaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, cundaka, catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, cundaka, nipajjissāmī’’ti.
248“好的，尊者。”准德迦尊者答应世尊后，便将大衣叠成四层铺好了。接着，世尊以右侧身体躺下，采取狮子卧的姿势，双脚并拢叠放，保持正念与正知，心里作意着起身的念头。准德迦尊者，就坐在世尊的前方，原地守护着。
‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā cundako bhagavato paṭissutvā catugguṇaṃ saṅghāṭiṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasikaritvā. Āyasmā pana cundako tattheva bhagavato purato nisīdi.
249佛陀前往咖古达河，
Gantvāna buddho nadikaṃ kakudhaṃ,
250清澈之水、悦意之水、清净透明；
Acchodakaṃ sātudakaṃ vippasannaṃ;
251导师身不疲倦而入水，
Ogāhi satthā akilantarūpo ,
252如来在世间无与伦比。
Tathāgato appaṭimo ca loke.
253导师沐浴并饮水后上岸，
Nhatvā ca pivitvā cudatāri satthā ,
254在比丘众的前面与中间；
Purakkhato bhikkhugaṇassa majjhe;
255世尊在此法中说法、转法，
Vattā pavattā bhagavā idha dhamme,
256大仙前往芒果林。
Upāgami ambavanaṃ mahesi.
257他召唤名叫准达的比丘，
Āmantayi cundakaṃ nāma bhikkhuṃ,
258「为我铺设四折的卧具」;
Catugguṇaṃ santhara me nipajjaṃ;
259准达被已修习心者所劝请，
So codito bhāvitattena cundo,
260迅速地铺设了四折的卧具。
Catugguṇaṃ santhari khippameva.
261导师以不疲倦之身躺卧，
Nipajji satthā akilantarūpo,
262军荼也在那里坐在前面。
Cundopi tattha pamukhe nisīdīti.
197那时，世尊对具寿阿难说：「阿难，可能会有人对铁匠之子军荼生起追悔：『贤友军荼，你无所得，你得不到善利，因为如来食用了你最后的钵食后般涅槃了。』阿难，应当如此消除铁匠之子军荼的追悔：『贤友军荼，你有所得，你得到善利，因为如来食用了你最后的钵食后般涅槃了。贤友军荼，我从世尊面前亲自听闻、亲自领受：有两种钵食有同等之果、同等之果报，比其他钵食有更大之果、更大之利益。哪两种？如来食用了钵食后现等觉无上正等正觉，以及如来食用了钵食后般涅槃于无余涅槃界。这两种钵食有同等之果、同等之果报，比其他钵食有更大之果、更大之利益。具寿铁匠之子军荼积集了导向寿命的业，具寿铁匠之子军荼积集了导向美貌的业，具寿铁匠之子军荼积集了导向安乐的业，具寿铁匠之子军荼积集了导向名声的业，具寿铁匠之子军荼积集了导向天界的业，具寿铁匠之子军荼积集了导向主权的业。』阿难，应当如此消除铁匠之子军荼的追悔。」那时，世尊了知此义后，于那时自说此优陀那：
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho , panānanda, cundassa kammāraputtassa koci vippaṭisāraṃ uppādeyya – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, alābhā tassa te dulladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto’ti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo – ‘tassa te, āvuso cunda, lābhā tassa te suladdhaṃ, yassa te tathāgato pacchimaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā parinibbuto. Sammukhā metaṃ, āvuso cunda, bhagavato sutaṃ sammukhā paṭiggahitaṃ – dve me piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā , ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Katame dve? Yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambujjhati, yañca piṇḍapātaṃ paribhuñjitvā tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbāyati. Ime dve piṇḍapātā samasamaphalā samavipākā , ativiya aññehi piṇḍapātehi mahapphalatarā ca mahānisaṃsatarā ca. Āyusaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, vaṇṇasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, sukhasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, yasasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, saggasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacitaṃ, ādhipateyyasaṃvattanikaṃ āyasmatā cundena kammāraputtena kammaṃ upacita’nti. Cundassa, ānanda, kammāraputtassa evaṃ vippaṭisāro paṭivinetabbo’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā etamatthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
264「布施者福德增长，
‘‘Dadato puññaṃ pavaḍḍhati,
265自制者怨恨不积聚；
Saṃyamato veraṃ na cīyati;
266善巧者舍断恶，
Kusalo ca jahāti pāpakaṃ,
267由于贪嗔痴的灭尽而涅槃。」
Rāgadosamohakkhayā sanibbuto’’ti.
268第四诵品
Catuttho bhāṇavāro.
269双娑罗树
Yamakasālā
270第四诵品
Catuttho bhāṇavāro.
271双娑罗树
Yamakasālā
198那时，世尊对具寿阿难说：「来吧，阿难，我们去希拉尼亚瓦底河的彼岸，去拘尸那的马喇族乌帕瓦塔那娑罗树林。」「是的，尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊。那时，世尊与大比丘僧团一起去希拉尼亚瓦底河的彼岸，去拘尸那的马喇族乌帕瓦塔那娑罗树林。到达后，对具寿阿难说：「来吧，阿难，你为我在双娑罗树之间铺设头朝北的卧床，阿难，我疲倦了，我要躺下。」「是的，尊者。」具寿阿难回答世尊后，在双娑罗树之间铺设了头朝北的卧床。那时，世尊以右胁作狮子卧，足足相叠，具念、正知。
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘āyāmānanda, yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkamissāmā’’ti . ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho bhagavā mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ yena hiraññavatiyā nadiyā pārimaṃ tīraṃ, yena kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ tenupasaṅkami. Upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘iṅgha me tvaṃ, ānanda, antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapehi, kilantosmi, ānanda, nipajjissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā antarena yamakasālānaṃ uttarasīsakaṃ mañcakaṃ paññapesi. Atha kho bhagavā dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappesi pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno.
273那时，那两棵沙罗树虽然不在花期，却盛开出全部花朵，洒落、密集洒落、遍洒在如来的身上，以供养如来。天上也降下曼陀罗花，它们落在如来身上，洒落、密集洒落、遍洒，以供养如来。天上也降下檀香粉，它们落在如来身上，洒落、密集洒落、遍洒，以供养如来。虚空中也奏起了天乐，以供养如来。虚空中也响起了天歌，以供养如来。
Tena kho pana samayena yamakasālā sabbaphāliphullā honti akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.
199那时，世尊对具寿阿难说：“阿难，你看，这两棵沙罗树不在花期却开满了花，它们洒落在如来身上，密集洒落、遍洒，以供养如来。天上的曼陀罗花也从空中降下，洒落在如来身上，以供养如来。天上的檀香粉也从空中降下，洒落在如来身上，以供养如来。天上的乐器在空中奏响，以供养如来。天上的歌声在空中回荡，以供养如来。但是，阿难，仅凭这些，如来并非真正被恭敬、尊重、崇敬、供养、礼遇。阿难，如果有比丘、比丘尼、近事男或近事女，他们能如法随法而住，依正道而行，随法而行，那才是对如来真正的恭敬、尊重、崇敬、供养与礼遇，这才是最殊胜的供养。因此，阿难，你们应当这样修学：‘我们要如法随法而住，依正道而行，随法而行。’”
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘sabbaphāliphullā kho, ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. Te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi mandāravapupphāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi candanacuṇṇāni antalikkhā papatanti, tāni tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Dibbānipi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. Na kho, ānanda, ettāvatā tathāgato sakkato vā hoti garukato vā mānito vā pūjito vā apacito vā. Yo kho, ānanda, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā dhammānudhammappaṭipanno viharati sāmīcippaṭipanno anudhammacārī, so tathāgataṃ sakkaroti garuṃ karoti māneti pūjeti apaciyati , paramāya pūjāya. Tasmātihānanda, dhammānudhammappaṭipannā viharissāma sāmīcippaṭipannā anudhammacārinoti. Evañhi vo, ānanda, sikkhitabba’’nti.
275伍巴瓦那长老
Upavāṇatthero
276伍巴瓦那长老
Upavāṇatthero
200那时，具寿伍巴瓦那正站在世尊面前，替世尊扇着风。于是，世尊让具寿伍巴瓦那退开，说：“比丘，走开，不要站在我面前。”这时，具寿阿难心里生起一个念头：“这位具寿伍巴瓦那长久以来都是世尊的侍者，在世尊身边亲近服侍。可是，在这最后的时刻，世尊却让具寿伍巴瓦那退开，说：‘比丘，走开，不要站在我面前。’这到底是什么原因，什么条件，让世尊要让具寿伍巴瓦那退开，说：‘比丘，走开，不要站在我面前’呢？”于是，具寿阿难便问世尊：“尊者，这位具寿伍巴瓦那长久以来都是世尊的侍者，在世尊身边亲近服侍。可是，在这最后的时刻，世尊却让具寿伍巴瓦那退开，说：‘比丘，走开，不要站在我面前。’尊者，这到底是什么原因，什么条件呢？”世尊回答：“阿难，十方世界绝大多数的天神，都聚集到这里来看望如来。阿难，从拘尸那城附近的马喇人这片沙罗林算起，方圆十二由旬的范围里，连一根毛尖那么小的地方，都挤满了有大威力的天神。阿难，那些天神在抱怨：‘我们可是从很远的地方赶来，想看看如来。饶益世间、阿拉汉、正等正觉者的如来，是稀有难得的，要很久才会出现在世间。今晚的后夜时分，如来就要入般涅槃了。而这位有大威力的比丘却挡在世尊面前，遮挡了我们，让我们在这最后的时刻没法见到如来啊。’”
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā upavāṇo bhagavato purato ṭhito hoti bhagavantaṃ bījayamāno. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāresi – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ kho āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘apehi bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti. Ko nu kho hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’ti? Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘ayaṃ, bhante, āyasmā upavāṇo dīgharattaṃ bhagavato upaṭṭhāko santikāvacaro samīpacārī. Atha ca pana bhagavā pacchime kāle āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti. Ko nu kho, bhante, hetu, ko paccayo, yaṃ bhagavā āyasmantaṃ upavāṇaṃ apasāreti – ‘‘apehi, bhikkhu, mā me purato aṭṭhāsī’’ti? ‘‘Yebhuyyena, ānanda, dasasu lokadhātūsu devatā sannipatitā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yāvatā, ānanda, kusinārā upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ samantato dvādasa yojanāni, natthi so padeso vālaggakoṭinitudanamattopi mahesakkhāhi devatāhi apphuṭo. Devatā, ānanda, ujjhāyanti – ‘dūrā ca vatamha āgatā tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Ayañca mahesakkho bhikkhu bhagavato purato ṭhito ovārento, na mayaṃ labhāma pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti.
201“尊者，世尊，您所注意到的那些天神，他们是什么样子的呢？”阿难问道。世尊说：“阿难，有些天神在虚空中，却存着‘地’的想，他们散乱着头发哭泣，高举着手臂哭泣，像树木被砍断般扑倒在地，翻滚着、翻腾着，喊着：‘世尊太快般涅槃了！善逝太快般涅槃了！世间的眼睛太快消逝了！’”
‘‘Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, bhagavā devatā manasikarotī’’ti ? ‘‘Santānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti , āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhaṃāyissatī’ti.
279阿难，那些有地大感知的地居天神们，也披散着头发哭泣，高举着手臂哭泣，扑倒在地，翻滚辗转，哀号着：‘世尊太快就要般涅槃了！善逝太快就要般涅槃了！世间的眼睛太快就要隐没了！’
‘‘Santānanda, devatā pathaviyaṃ pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’’’ti.
280然而，那些离欲的天神们，则保持着正念与正知，平静地接受这一切，心想：‘诸行是无常的，在这件事情上，又怎么可能如愿呢？’
‘‘Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti.
281四悚惧处
Catusaṃvejanīyaṭṭhānāni
202“尊者，以前，在各地雨安居结束后，比丘们都会前来拜见如来。我们因此有机会见到那些值得尊敬、能令心生欢喜的比丘们，有机会亲近侍奉他们。但是，尊者，世尊离世之后，我们将没有机会再见到那些值得尊敬、能令心生欢喜的比丘们，也将没有机会亲近侍奉他们了。”
‘‘Pubbe , bhante, disāsu vassaṃ vuṭṭhā bhikkhū āgacchanti tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Te mayaṃ labhāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, labhāma payirupāsanāya. Bhagavato pana mayaṃ, bhante, accayena na labhissāma manobhāvanīye bhikkhū dassanāya, na labhissāma payirupāsanāyā’’ti.
283「阿难，有四处是有信的善男子应当见、能引发悚惧的地方。哪四处？『如来在此出生』，阿难，这是有信的善男子应当见、能引发悚惧的地方。『如来在此证得无上正等正觉』，阿难，这是有信的善男子应当见、能引发悚惧的地方。『如来在此转无上法轮』，阿难，这是有信的善男子应当见、能引发悚惧的地方。『如来在此以无余涅槃界般涅槃』，阿难，这是有信的善男子应当见、能引发悚惧的地方。阿难，这四处是有信的善男子应当见、能引发悚惧的地方。」
‘‘Cattārimāni, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni. Katamāni cattāri? ‘Idha tathāgato jāto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’nti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. ‘Idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’ti, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyaṃ saṃvejanīyaṃ ṭhānaṃ. Imāni kho , ānanda, cattāri saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni.
284「阿难，有信的比丘、比丘尼、近事男、近事女们将会来：『如来在此出生』,『如来在此证得无上正等正觉』,『如来在此转无上法轮』,『如来在此以无余涅槃界般涅槃』。阿难，凡是以净信心巡礼塔庙而命终者，他们一切身坏命终后，都将往生善趣、天界。」
‘‘Āgamissanti kho, ānanda, saddhā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo – ‘idha tathāgato jāto’tipi, ‘idha tathāgato anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho’tipi, ‘idha tathāgatena anuttaraṃ dhammacakkaṃ pavattita’ntipi, ‘idha tathāgato anupādisesāya nibbānadhātuyā parinibbuto’tipi. Ye hi keci, ānanda, cetiyacārikaṃ āhiṇḍantā pasannacittā kālaṅkarissanti, sabbe te kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjissantī’’ti.
285阿难问论
Ānandapucchākathā
286阿难问论
Ānandapucchākathā
203“尊者，我们应当如何与女人相处呢？”“阿难，不要看她们。”“世尊，如果看到了，该怎么办呢？”“阿难，不要和她们交谈。”“尊者，如果交谈了，又该怎么办呢？”“阿难，那时应当保持正念。”
‘‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, mātugāme paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Adassanaṃ, ānandā’’ti. ‘‘Dassane, bhagavā, sati kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Anālāpo, ānandā’’ti . ‘‘Ālapantena pana, bhante, kathaṃ paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Sati, ānanda, upaṭṭhāpetabbā’’ti.
204「尊者，我们应当如何对待如来的身体？」「阿难，你们不要为如来身体的供养而忙碌。来吧，阿难，你们应当为真实义而努力、致力，为真实义而不放逸、热诚、专注而住。阿难，有对如来具足净信的刹帝利贤者、婆罗门贤者、居士贤者，他们将作如来身体的供养。」
‘‘Kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Abyāvaṭā tumhe, ānanda, hotha tathāgatassa sarīrapūjāya. Iṅgha tumhe, ānanda, sāratthe ghaṭatha anuyuñjatha , sāratthe appamattā ātāpino pahitattā viharatha. Santānanda, khattiyapaṇḍitāpi brāhmaṇapaṇḍitāpi gahapatipaṇḍitāpi tathāgate abhippasannā, te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti.
205世尊,那如来遗体应该怎么处理呢?阿难,就像处理转轮圣王的遗体那样,处理如来的遗体。世尊,转轮圣王的遗体是怎么处理的呢?阿难,用新的布包裹转轮圣王的遗体,用新布包裹后再用叠好的棉花包裹,用棉花包裹后再用新布包裹。用这个方法,用五百对布包裹转轮圣王的遗体,放进铁制的盛油槽中,再用另一个铁槽盖上,用各种香料堆起柴堆,火化转轮圣王的遗体。在四衢大道上为转轮圣王建塔。阿难,就是这样处理转轮圣王的遗体。阿难,像处理转轮圣王的遗体那样,处理如来的遗体。在四衢大道上为如来建塔。在那里供养花环、香料、香粉的人,或顶礼的人,或心生净信的人,他们会获得长久的利益和安乐。
‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti? ‘‘Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī’’ti? ‘‘Rañño, ānanda, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etenupāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti . Evaṃ kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya.
290应得塔者
Thūpārahapuggalo
291应得塔者
Thūpārahapuggalo
206阿难,有四种值得建塔的人。哪四种?如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者值得建塔,独觉佛值得建塔,如来的声闻弟子值得建塔,转轮圣王值得建塔。
‘‘Cattārome, ānanda, thūpārahā. Katame cattāro? Tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho, paccekasambuddho thūpāraho, tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho, rājā cakkavattī thūpārahoti.
293「阿难，缘于什么义利，如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者应受塔供养？阿难，『这是彼世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者的塔』，众人净信心。他们在那里净信心后，身坏命终后往生善趣、天界。阿难，缘于此义利，如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者应受塔供养。」
‘‘Kiñcānanda , atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgato arahaṃ sammāsambuddho thūpāraho.
294「阿难，缘于什么义利，辟支佛应受塔供养？阿难，『这是彼世尊辟支佛的塔』，众人净信心。他们在那里净信心后，身坏命终后往生善趣、天界。阿难，缘于此义利，辟支佛应受塔供养。」
‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato paccekasambuddhassa thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca paccekasambuddho thūpāraho.
295阿难,是什么缘故如来的声闻弟子值得建塔呢?阿难,当众多人看到'这是那位世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者的声闻弟子的塔'时,心中生起净信,他们因此心生净信,在身坏命终之后,得以往生善趣、天界。阿难,这就是如来的声闻弟子值得建塔的缘故。
‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa sāvakassa thūpo’ti ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca tathāgatassa sāvako thūpāraho.
296“阿难，转轮圣王为什么也值得建塔呢？阿难，人们会在那座法王、正义之王的塔前想：‘这是那位法王的塔。’这样想，便能令许多人内心净信。他们在那里生起净信之后，于身坏命终后，就能投生到善趣、天界。阿难，正是基于这个理由，转轮圣王才值得建塔。阿难，这就是四种值得建塔的人。”
‘‘Kiñcānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho? ‘Ayaṃ tassa dhammikassa dhammarañño thūpo’ti, ānanda, bahujanā cittaṃ pasādenti. Te tattha cittaṃ pasādetvā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Idaṃ kho, ānanda, atthavasaṃ paṭicca rājā cakkavattī thūpāraho. Ime kho, ānanda cattāro thūpārahā’’ti.
297阿难稀有法
Ānandaacchariyadhammo
207那时，阿难尊者走进寺院，扶着门上的横梁，站在那里哭泣着，心想：“我还是个有学的修行人，还有许多该做的事尚未完成，而对我如此慈悲的导师却将要般涅槃了。”那时，世尊询问比丘们说：“比丘们，阿难在哪里？”比丘们回答：“尊者，阿难尊者走进寺院，扶着门上的横梁，站在那里哭泣着，心里想：‘我还是个有学的修行人，还有许多该做的事尚未完成，而对我如此慈悲的导师却将要般涅槃了。’”于是，世尊对某位比丘说：“来，比丘，你以我的名义去找阿难，告诉他：‘阿难贤友，导师找你。’”“好的，尊者。”那位比丘回应世尊后，便去往阿难尊者所在之处。到了之后，他对阿难尊者说：“阿难贤友，导师找你。”“好的，贤友。”阿难尊者回应了那位比丘后，便去往世尊所在之处。到了之后，他礼敬世尊，然后坐在一旁。世尊对坐在一旁的阿难尊者这样说：“阿难，够了，不要悲伤，不要哭泣。阿难，这难道不是我在事先就反复讲过的吗？‘凡是自己所喜爱、合意的，终将与之别离、分离、彼此变异。’阿难，在这里，怎么可能如愿呢？凡是已经出生、存在、因缘和合、具备坏灭性质的事物，想要让如来的色身也不坏灭，这是不可能的。阿难，长久以来，你一直以慈爱的身业利益我、使我安乐，那种慈爱是纯粹无比的，没有限量的；你以慈爱的语业利益我、使我安乐，那种慈爱是纯粹无比的，没有限量的；你以慈爱的意业利益我、使我安乐，那种慈爱是纯粹无比的，没有限量的。阿难，你已经积累了善行功德。你要精进努力，很快你就能成为无漏的阿拉汉。”
Atha kho āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno aṭṭhāsi – ‘‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘kahaṃ nu kho, bhikkhave, ānando’’ti? ‘‘Eso, bhante, āyasmā ānando vihāraṃ pavisitvā kapisīsaṃ ālambitvā rodamāno ṭhito – ‘ahañca vatamhi sekho sakaraṇīyo, satthu ca me parinibbānaṃ bhavissati, yo mama anukampako’’’ti. Atha kho bhagavā aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘ehi tvaṃ, bhikkhu, mama vacanena ānandaṃ āmantehi – ‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ , bhante’’ti kho so bhikkhu bhagavato paṭissutvā yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘satthā taṃ, āvuso ānanda, āmantetī’’ti. ‘‘Evamāvuso’’ti kho āyasmā ānando tassa bhikkhuno paṭissutvā yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinnaṃ kho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda, mā soci mā paridevi, nanu etaṃ, ānanda, mayā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’; taṃ kutettha, ānanda, labbhā. Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati. Dīgharattaṃ kho te, ānanda, tathāgato paccupaṭṭhito mettena kāyakammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena vacīkammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena, mettena manokammena hitena sukhena advayena appamāṇena. Katapuññosi tvaṃ, ānanda, padhānamanuyuñja, khippaṃ hohisi anāsavo’’ti.
208那时，世尊告诉比丘们说：“比丘们，那些过去世的阿拉汉、无上正等正觉者们，那些世尊也有像我的阿难这样最上等的侍者。比丘们，那些未来世的阿拉汉、无上正等正觉者们，那些世尊也有像我的阿难这样最上等的侍者。比丘们，阿难是贤明的；比丘们，阿难是聪慧的。他知道：‘现在是带比丘们来见如来的恰当时机；是带比丘尼们来的恰当时机；是带男居士们来的恰当时机；是带女居士们来的恰当时机；是带国王、国王的大臣们、外道及外道弟子们来的恰当时机。’”
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘yepi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṃ atītamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā ahesuṃ, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Yepi te, bhikkhave, bhavissanti anāgatamaddhānaṃ arahanto sammāsambuddhā, tesampi bhagavantānaṃ etapparamāyeva upaṭṭhākā bhavissanti, seyyathāpi mayhaṃ ānando. Paṇḍito, bhikkhave, ānando; medhāvī, bhikkhave, ānando. Jānāti ‘ayaṃ kālo tathāgataṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ bhikkhūnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo bhikkhunīnaṃ, ayaṃ kālo upāsakānaṃ , ayaṃ kālo upāsikānaṃ, ayaṃ kālo rañño rājamahāmattānaṃ titthiyānaṃ titthiyasāvakāna’nti.
209“比丘们，阿难具备四种稀有、不可思议的特质。是哪四种呢？比丘们，如果比丘大众去见阿难，见到他，他们就心生喜悦；如果阿难在那里说法，听到说法，他们也心生喜悦。比丘们，比丘大众听法还没听够，阿难就已经默然无语了。比丘们，如果比丘尼大众去见阿难，见到他，她们就心生喜悦；如果阿难在那里说法，听到说法，她们也心生喜悦。比丘们，比丘尼大众听法还没听够，阿难就已经默然无语了。比丘们，如果男居士大众去见阿难，见到他，他们就心生喜悦；如果阿难在那里说法，听到说法，他们也心生喜悦。比丘们，男居士大众听法还没听够，阿难就已经默然无语了。比丘们，如果女居士大众去见阿难，见到他，她们就心生喜悦；如果阿难在那里说法，听到说法，她们也心生喜悦。比丘们，女居士大众听法还没听够，阿难就已经默然无语了。比丘们，这就是阿难身上所具备的四种稀有、不可思议的特质。”
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. Katame cattāro? Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhunīparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsakaparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce, ānando, dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti, atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande.
301“比丘们，转轮圣王也具备四种稀有、不可思议的特质。是哪四种呢？比丘们，如果刹帝利大众去见转轮圣王，见到他，他们就心生喜悦；如果转轮圣王在那里说话，听到说话，他们也心生喜悦。比丘们，刹帝利大众听转轮王说话还没听够，转轮圣王就已经默然无语了。比丘们，如果婆罗门大众……（中略）……如果居士大众……（中略）……如果沙门大众去见转轮圣王，见到他，他们就心生喜悦；如果转轮圣王在那里说话，听到说话，他们也心生喜悦。比丘们，沙门大众听转轮王说话还没听够，转轮圣王就已经默然无语了。同样地，比丘们，阿难也具备这四种稀有、不可思议的特质。比丘们，如果比丘大众去见阿难……（中略）……如果比丘尼大众……（中略）……如果男居士大众……（中略）……如果女居士大众去见阿难，见到他，她们就心生喜悦；如果阿难在那里说法，听到说法，她们也心生喜悦。比丘们，女居士大众听法还没听够，阿难就已经默然无语了。比丘们，这就是阿难身上所具备的四种稀有、不可思议的特质。”
‘‘Cattārome, bhikkhave, acchariyā abbhutā dhammā raññe cakkavattimhi. Katame cattāro ? Sace, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, khattiyaparisā hoti. Atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Sace bhikkhave, brāhmaṇaparisā…pe… gahapatiparisā…pe… samaṇaparisā rājānaṃ cakkavattiṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce rājā cakkavattī bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, samaṇaparisā hoti, atha kho rājā cakkavattī tuṇhī hoti. Evameva kho, bhikkhave, cattārome acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande. Sace, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, bhikkhuparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Sace, bhikkhave bhikkhunīparisā…pe… upāsakaparisā…pe… upāsikāparisā ānandaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamati, dassanena sā attamanā hoti. Tatra ce ānando dhammaṃ bhāsati, bhāsitenapi sā attamanā hoti. Atittāva, bhikkhave, upāsikāparisā hoti. Atha kho ānando tuṇhī hoti. Ime kho, bhikkhave, cattāro acchariyā abbhutā dhammā ānande’’ti.
302大善见经说示
Mahāsudassanasuttadesanā
210听了这话，阿难尊者对世尊说：“尊者，世尊请不要在这座小的、粗陋的、偏僻的城镇里般涅槃。尊者，还有其他大城镇，例如：瞻波城、王舍城、舍卫城、沙计多城、侨赏弥城、波罗奈城。世尊应该在那些地方般涅槃。那些地方有许多大富的刹帝利、大富的婆罗门、大富的居士，他们都对如来深信不疑。他们会供养如来的遗体。”世尊说：“阿难，不要这么说；阿难，不要这么说：‘这是座小的、粗陋的、偏僻的城镇。’”
Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘mā, bhante, bhagavā imasmiṃ khuddakanagarake ujjaṅgalanagarake sākhānagarake parinibbāyi. Santi, bhante, aññāni mahānagarāni, seyyathidaṃ – campā rājagahaṃ sāvatthī sāketaṃ kosambī bārāṇasī; ettha bhagavā parinibbāyatu. Ettha bahū khattiyamahāsālā, brāhmaṇamahāsālā gahapatimahāsālā tathāgate abhippasannā. Te tathāgatassa sarīrapūjaṃ karissantī’’ti ‘‘māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca; māhevaṃ, ānanda, avaca – ‘khuddakanagarakaṃ ujjaṅgalanagarakaṃ sākhānagaraka’nti.
304「阿难，过去世有名叫大善见的国王，是转轮王、如法的法王，征服四方，获得国土的安稳，具足七宝。阿难，大善见王的这个拘尸那名叫库沙瓦提王都，从东到西长十二由旬；从北到南宽七由旬。阿难，库沙瓦提王都繁荣、兴盛、人众多、人满为患、食物丰足。阿难，譬如诸天的阿喇咖曼达名王都繁荣、兴盛、夜叉众多、夜叉满为患、食物丰足；同样地，阿难，库沙瓦提王都繁荣、兴盛、人众多、人满为患、食物丰足。阿难，库沙瓦提王都日夜不离十种声音，即：象声、马声、车声、鼓声、腰鼓声、琵琶声、歌声、螺声、铙钹声、拍掌声，以及『吃吧、喝吧、嚼吧』为第十种声音。」
‘‘Bhūtapubbaṃ, ānanda, rājā mahāsudassano nāma ahosi cakkavattī dhammiko dhammarājā cāturanto vijitāvī janappadatthāvariyappatto sattaratanasamannāgato. Rañño, ānanda, mahāsudassanassa ayaṃ kusinārā kusāvatī nāma rājadhānī ahosi, puratthimena ca pacchimena ca dvādasayojanāni āyāmena; uttarena ca dakkhiṇena ca sattayojanāni vitthārena. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Seyyathāpi, ānanda, devānaṃ āḷakamandā nāma rājadhānī iddhā ceva hoti phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇayakkhā ca subhikkhā ca; evameva kho, ānanda, kusāvatī rājadhānī iddhā ceva ahosi phītā ca bahujanā ca ākiṇṇamanussā ca subhikkhā ca. Kusāvatī, ānanda, rājadhānī dasahi saddehi avivittā ahosi divā ceva rattiñca, seyyathidaṃ – hatthisaddena assasaddena rathasaddena bherisaddena mudiṅgasaddena vīṇāsaddena gītasaddena saṅkhasaddena sammasaddena pāṇitāḷasaddena ‘asnātha pivatha khādathā’ti dasamena saddena.
305“阿难，你进入拘尸那城，去向拘尸那的马喇人宣告：‘瓦谢塔族人们，就在今夜最后时分，如来即将般涅槃。瓦谢塔族人们，请前来吧，瓦谢塔族人们，请前来吧。不要事后再懊悔说：“如来是在我们村子的地界上般涅槃的，我们却没能在他最后的时间里见到他。”’”阿难尊者回应世尊：“是的，尊者。”然后他穿好下衣，带着衣钵，与另一位比丘同行，进入了拘尸那城。
‘‘Gaccha tvaṃ, ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – ‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā, abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paṭissutvā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi.
306马喇人的礼敬
Mallānaṃ vandanā
307马喇人的礼敬
Mallānaṃ vandanā
211那时，拘尸那的马喇人正因为一些事务，聚集在会堂里。阿难尊者便前往拘尸那马喇人的会堂。到达后，他告诉拘尸那的马喇人：“瓦谢塔族人们，就在今夜最后时分，如来即将般涅槃。瓦谢塔族人们，请前来吧，瓦谢塔族人们，请前来吧。不要事后再懊悔说：‘如来是在我们村子的地界上般涅槃的，我们却没能在他最后的时间里见到他。’”听了阿难尊者的话，马喇人以及他们的儿子、儿媳、妻子们，都感到悲痛、忧伤、内心充满痛苦，有些人披头散发地哭泣，高举双臂哭泣，摔倒在地，翻滚辗转，哭喊着：“世尊太快要般涅槃了！善逝太快要般涅槃了！世间的眼目太快要隐没了！”然后，那些充满悲痛、忧伤和内心痛苦的马喇人以及他们的儿子、儿媳、妻子们，便前往位于优婆跋达那的马喇人娑罗树林，来到阿难尊者那里。那时，阿难尊者心想：“如果我让拘尸那的马喇人一个一个去礼拜世尊，还没等所有马喇人礼拜完世尊，这个夜晚就要过去了。不如我让拘尸那的马喇人们，按着家族、一家一家地去礼拜世尊，并通报：‘尊者，名叫某某的马喇人，带着他的儿子、妻子、随从和同僚，以头面顶礼世尊的双足。’”于是，阿难尊者就按着家族、一家一家地安排了拘尸那的马喇人来礼拜世尊，并通报：“尊者，名叫某某的马喇人，带着他的儿子、妻子、随从和同僚，以头面顶礼世尊的双足。”就这样，阿难尊者用这种方法，在上半夜就让拘尸那的马喇人礼拜完了世尊。
Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti kenacideva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘ajja kho, vāseṭṭhā, rattiyā pacchime yāme tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā abhikkamatha vāseṭṭhā. Mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘amhākañca no gāmakkhette tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ ahosi, na mayaṃ labhimhā pacchime kāle tathāgataṃ dassanāyā’’’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbāyissati, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antaradhāyissatī’ti. Atha kho mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkamiṃsu. Atha kho āyasmato ānandassa etadahosi – ‘‘sace kho ahaṃ kosinārake malle ekamekaṃ bhagavantaṃ vandāpessāmi, avandito bhagavā kosinārakehi mallehi bhavissati, athāyaṃ ratti vibhāyissati. Yaṃnūnāhaṃ kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpeyyaṃ – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando kosinārake malle kulaparivattaso kulaparivattaso ṭhapetvā bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi – ‘itthannāmo, bhante, mallo saputto sabhariyo sapariso sāmacco bhagavato pāde sirasā vandatī’’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando etena upāyena paṭhameneva yāmena kosinārake malle bhagavantaṃ vandāpesi.
309游方者苏跋德事
Subhaddaparibbājakavatthu
212那时，拘尸那城里住着一位名叫须跋陀罗的游行者。这位游行者须跋陀罗听说：“听说就在今天夜里最后时分，沙门乔达摩就要般涅槃了。” 游行者须跋陀罗心想：“我曾听那些年高德劭的游行者前辈的老师及师祖们说过：‘如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者只是偶尔、难得地出现在世间。’而就在今天夜里最后时分，沙门乔达摩就要般涅槃了。我心中生起了这样一个疑惑，我对沙门乔达摩有这样的信心，相信‘沙门乔达摩能够为我开示这样的法，让我得以舍弃这个疑惑。’” 于是，游行者须跋陀罗便前往优婆跋达那的马喇人娑罗树林，来到阿难尊者面前，对他说：“阿难尊者，我曾听那些年高德劭的游行者前辈的老师及师祖们说过：‘如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者只是偶尔、难得地出现在世间。’就在今天夜里最后时分，沙门乔达摩就要般涅槃了。我心中生起了这样一个疑惑，我对沙门乔达摩有这样的信心，相信‘沙门乔达摩能够为我开示这样的法，让我得以舍弃这个疑惑。’阿难尊者，如果我能见到沙门乔达摩，那该多好啊。” 听到这么说，阿难尊者对游行者须跋陀罗说：“够了，须跋陀罗道友，不要打扰如来，世尊很疲惫了。” 第二次，游行者须跋陀罗……（中略）……第三次，游行者须跋陀罗又对阿难尊者说：“阿难尊者，我曾听那些年高德劭的游行者前辈的老师及师祖们说过：‘如来、阿拉汉、正自觉者只是偶尔、难得地出现在世间。’就在今天夜里最后时分，沙门乔达摩就要般涅槃了。我心中生起了这样一个疑惑，我对沙门乔达摩有这样的信心，相信‘沙门乔达摩能够为我开示这样的法，让我得以舍弃这个疑惑。’阿难尊者，如果我能见到沙门乔达摩，那该多好啊。” 第三次，阿难尊者依然对游行者须跋陀罗说：“够了，须跋陀罗道友，不要打扰如来，世尊很疲惫了。”
Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma paribbājako kusinārāyaṃ paṭivasati. Assosi kho subhaddo paribbājako – ‘‘ajja kira rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissatī’’ti. Atha kho subhaddassa paribbājakassa etadahosi – ‘‘sutaṃ kho pana metaṃ paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’’’nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yenāyasmā ānando tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. Evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā’’ti. Dutiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako…pe… tatiyampi kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘sutaṃ metaṃ, bho ānanda, paribbājakānaṃ vuḍḍhānaṃ mahallakānaṃ ācariyapācariyānaṃ bhāsamānānaṃ – ‘kadāci karahaci tathāgatā loke uppajjanti arahanto sammāsambuddhā’ti. Ajjeva rattiyā pacchime yāme samaṇassa gotamassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati. Atthi ca me ayaṃ kaṅkhādhammo uppanno – evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ samaṇe gotame, ‘pahoti me samaṇo gotamo tathā dhammaṃ desetuṃ, yathāhaṃ imaṃ kaṅkhādhammaṃ pajaheyya’nti. Sādhāhaṃ, bho ānanda, labheyyaṃ samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāyā’’ti. Tatiyampi kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso subhadda, mā tathāgataṃ viheṭhesi, kilanto bhagavā’’ti.
213世尊听到了阿难尊者与游行者须跋陀罗之间的这番对话。于是，世尊对阿难尊者说：“好了，阿难，不要阻拦须跋陀罗。阿难，让须跋陀罗得以见到如来吧。无论须跋陀罗问我什么，他都完全是出于求知的目的而问，并非想故意打扰。而我为他解答后，他也会很快就能理解的。” 于是，阿难尊者便对游行者须跋陀罗说：“去吧，须跋陀罗道友，世尊给你机会了。” 游行者须跋陀罗便来到世尊面前，与世尊互相问候致意，进行了亲切友好的交谈后，坐在一边。坐在一边的游行者须跋陀罗对世尊说：“乔达摩尊者，那些沙门、婆罗门，拥有教团、拥有随众、是大众的老师、知名、有声望、是宗派的创立者、被很多人认为是贤善的，比如：富兰那迦叶、末伽梨拘舍罗、阿耆多翅舍金葩罗、波拘陀迦旃延、散若毘罗梨沸、尼乾陀若提子。他们是否都如自己所宣称的一样达到了究竟？还是都没有达到？或者有些人达到了，有些人没有达到呢？” 世尊回答：“够了，须跋陀罗，暂且放下这个问题——‘他们是否都如自己所宣称的一样达到了究竟？还是都没有达到？或者有些人达到了，有些人没有达到呢？’ 须跋陀罗，我将为你说法，你要仔细听，好好思惟，我就要说了。” 游行者须跋陀罗回应世尊：“是的，尊者。” 世尊这样说道：
Assosi kho bhagavā āyasmato ānandassa subhaddena paribbājakena saddhiṃ imaṃ kathāsallāpaṃ. Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, ānanda, mā subhaddaṃ vāresi, labhataṃ, ānanda, subhaddo tathāgataṃ dassanāya. Yaṃ kiñci maṃ subhaddo pucchissati, sabbaṃ taṃ aññāpekkhova pucchissati, no vihesāpekkho. Yaṃ cassāhaṃ puṭṭho byākarissāmi, taṃ khippameva ājānissatī’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ānando subhaddaṃ paribbājakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘gacchāvuso subhadda, karoti te bhagavā okāsa’’nti. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammodi, sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Ekamantaṃ nisinno kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘yeme, bho gotama, samaṇabrāhmaṇā saṅghino gaṇino gaṇācariyā ñātā yasassino titthakarā sādhusammatā bahujanassa, seyyathidaṃ – pūraṇo kassapo, makkhali gosālo, ajito kesakambalo, pakudho kaccāyano, sañcayo belaṭṭhaputto, nigaṇṭho nāṭaputto, sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu , udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’’ti? ‘‘Alaṃ, subhadda, tiṭṭhatetaṃ – ‘sabbete sakāya paṭiññāya abbhaññiṃsu, sabbeva na abbhaññiṃsu, udāhu ekacce abbhaññiṃsu, ekacce na abbhaññiṃsū’ti. Dhammaṃ te, subhadda, desessāmi; taṃ suṇāhi sādhukaṃ manasikarohi, bhāsissāmī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato paccassosi. Bhagavā etadavoca –
214『苏跋德，在任何法与律中，若找不到圣八支道，在那里也找不到沙门。在那里也找不到第二沙门。在那里也找不到第三沙门。在那里也找不到第四沙门。苏跋德，在任何法与律中，若找得到圣八支道，在那里就找得到沙门，在那里就找得到第二沙门，在那里就找得到第三沙门，在那里就找得到第四沙门。苏跋德，在这法与律中找得到圣八支道，苏跋德，只有在这里有沙门，在这里有第二沙门，在这里有第三沙门，在这里有第四沙门，其他外道空无沙门。苏跋德，如果这些比丘正住，世间将不空缺阿拉汉。』
‘‘Yasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha na upalabbhati. Dutiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Tatiyopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Catutthopi tattha samaṇo na upalabbhati. Yasmiñca kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha upalabbhati, dutiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, tatiyopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati, catutthopi tattha samaṇo upalabbhati. Imasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhati, idheva, subhadda, samaṇo, idha dutiyo samaṇo, idha tatiyo samaṇo, idha catuttho samaṇo, suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi . Ime ca , subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assāti.
313『苏跋德，我二十九岁时，
‘‘Ekūnatiṃso vayasā subhadda,
314「出家寻求何为善，」
Yaṃ pabbajiṃ kiṃkusalānuesī;
315出家已五十余年，
Vassāni paññāsa samādhikāni,
316「已超过五十年，」
Yato ahaṃ pabbajito subhadda.
317「我行于正法之域，」
Ñāyassa dhammassa padesavattī,
318在此之外，没有沙门。
Ito bahiddhā samaṇopi natthi.
319“其次，也没有沙门。第三，也没有沙门。第四，也没有沙门。其他教派的言论中，是空无沙门的。须跋陀罗啊，如果这些比丘能正确地安住修行，那么世间就不会空无阿拉汉了。”
‘‘Dutiyopi samaṇo natthi. Tatiyopi samaṇo natthi. Catutthopi samaṇo natthi. Suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi. Ime ca, subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṃ, asuñño loko arahantehi assā’’ti.
215听了这话，游行者须跋陀罗对世尊这样说：“太精彩了，尊者！太殊胜了，尊者！尊者啊，就好像有人把倒下的东西扶正，把隐藏的东西揭开，给迷路的人指路，或者在黑暗中举起油灯，让有眼睛的人能看到各种形色——正是这样，世尊用种种方式把法开示得清清楚楚。尊者啊，我从此皈依世尊、皈依法、皈依比丘僧团。尊者啊，请让我在世尊座下出家，请让我受具足戒吧。” “须跋陀罗啊，如果是一个先前信奉其他外道的人，在这个法、律中想要出家、想要受具足戒，那他要经历四个月的别住期。四个月过后，如果比丘们心意开许，就为他授出家、授具足戒，令他成为比丘。不过，我在这件事上，也知道个人的差异。” “尊者啊，如果先前信奉其他外道的人，在这个法、律中想要出家、想要受具足戒，都要经历四个月的别住期，四个月过后，由心意开许的比丘们为他授出家、授具足戒，令他成为比丘——那么，我愿意经历四年别住。四年过后，让心意开许的比丘们为我授出家、授具足戒，令我成为比丘吧。”
Evaṃ vutte subhaddo paribbājako bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘abhikkantaṃ, bhante, abhikkantaṃ, bhante. Seyyathāpi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, ‘cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī’ti, evamevaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañca. Labheyyāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampada’’nti. ‘‘Yo kho, subhadda, aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhati pabbajjaṃ, ākaṅkhati upasampadaṃ, so cattāro māse parivasati. Catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Api ca mettha puggalavemattatā viditā’’ti. ‘‘Sace, bhante, aññatitthiyapubbā imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhantā pabbajjaṃ ākaṅkhantā upasampadaṃ cattāro māse parivasanti, catunnaṃ māsānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājenti upasampādenti bhikkhubhāvāya. Ahaṃ cattāri vassāni parivasissāmi, catunnaṃ vassānaṃ accayena āraddhacittā bhikkhū pabbājentu upasampādentu bhikkhubhāvāyā’’ti.
321那时，世尊就对具寿阿难说：“那么，阿难，你度须跋陀罗出家吧。” “是的，尊者。”具寿阿难这样回应世尊。接着，游行者须跋陀罗对具寿阿难这样说：“阿难贤友，你们这些能当面蒙导师亲自授与弟子身份的人，真是得到了大利益，真是获得了大幸运啊！” 就这样，游行者须跋陀罗在世尊座下得受了出家，得受了具足戒。受具足戒不久后，具寿须跋陀罗便独自一人，远离尘嚣，精进、勇猛、专心致志地修行。没过多久，他就亲自以超越的智慧，在此生中，实现并达到了那些善男子正当地离开家庭、出家而追求的无上梵行的究竟目标。他彻证了这样的智慧：“生已灭尽，梵行已立，应作已作，不再有未来世的轮回了。” 具寿须跋陀罗成为了又一位阿拉汉。他就是世尊最后一位亲眼面授的弟子。
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘tenahānanda, subhaddaṃ pabbājehī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi. Atha kho subhaddo paribbājako āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘lābhā vo, āvuso ānanda; suladdhaṃ vo, āvuso ānanda, ye ettha satthu sammukhā antevāsikābhisekena abhisittā’’ti. Alattha kho subhaddo paribbājako bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ, alattha upasampadaṃ. Acirūpasampanno kho panāyasmā subhaddo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirasseva – ‘yassatthāya kulaputtā sammadeva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti’ tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭheva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi. ‘Khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti abbhaññāsi. Aññataro kho panāyasmā subhaddo arahataṃ ahosi. So bhagavato pacchimo sakkhisāvako ahosīti.
322第五诵品
Pañcamo bhāṇavāro.
323第五诵品
Pañcamo bhāṇavāro.
324如来最后的话
Tathāgatapacchimavācā
216于是世尊对具寿阿难说道：「阿难，你们或许会如此想：『导师的教言已过去，我们没有导师了。』阿难，不应如此看待。阿难，我所教导、所制定的法与律，在我去世后，它将是你们的导师。阿难，现在诸比丘彼此以「学友」之称相互称呼，在我去世后不应如此称呼。阿难，年长的比丘应以名字、或姓氏、或「学友」之称称呼年少的比丘。年少的比丘应以「尊者」或「具寿」称呼年长的比丘。阿难，僧团若愿意，在我去世后可以废除微细又微细的学处。阿难，在我去世后，应对比丘阐那施以梵罚。」「尊者，什么是梵罚？」「阿难，比丘阐那想说什么就说什么。诸比丘既不应对他说话，也不应教诫他，也不应教导他。」
Atha kho bhagavā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho panānanda, tumhākaṃ evamassa – ‘atītasatthukaṃ pāvacanaṃ, natthi no satthā’ti. Na kho panetaṃ, ānanda, evaṃ daṭṭhabbaṃ. Yo vo, ānanda, mayā dhammo ca vinayo ca desito paññatto, so vo mamaccayena satthā. Yathā kho panānanda, etarahi bhikkhū aññamaññaṃ āvusovādena samudācaranti, na kho mamaccayena evaṃ samudācaritabbaṃ. Theratarena, ānanda, bhikkhunā navakataro bhikkhu nāmena vā gottena vā āvusovādena vā samudācaritabbo. Navakatarena bhikkhunā therataro bhikkhu ‘bhante’ti vā ‘āyasmā’ti vā samudācaritabbo. Ākaṅkhamāno, ānanda, saṅgho mamaccayena khuddānukhuddakāni sikkhāpadāni samūhanatu. Channassa, ānanda, bhikkhuno mamaccayena brahmadaṇḍo dātabbo’’ti. ‘‘Katamo pana, bhante, brahmadaṇḍo’’ti? ‘‘Channo, ānanda, bhikkhu yaṃ iccheyya, taṃ vadeyya. So bhikkhūhi neva vattabbo, na ovaditabbo, na anusāsitabbo’’ti.
217那时，世尊对比丘们说：“比丘们，或许你们当中，有哪怕一位比丘，对佛、法、僧，或者对道、对修行方法，还有疑惑或犹豫。那就问吧，比丘们，别等到将来才后悔：‘导师当时就在我们面前，我们却没能当面请问世尊。’” 听了这话，那些比丘都默然不语。 世尊第二次……第三次对比丘们说：“比丘们，或许你们当中，有哪怕一位比丘，对佛、法、僧，或者对道、对修行方法，还有疑惑或犹豫。那就问吧，比丘们，别等到将来才后悔：‘导师当时就在我们面前，我们却没能当面请问世尊。’” 到了第三次，那些比丘依旧是默然不语。 于是，世尊对比丘们说：“比丘们，或许你们是出于对导师的尊重，才不发问。那么，比丘们，就让同修道友之间，代对方发问吧。” 听了这话，那些比丘还是默然不语。 这时，具寿阿难对世尊这样说：“真是不可思议，尊者啊！真是稀有难得，尊者啊！尊者，我对这个比丘僧团有如此坚定的信心，我相信：‘这当中，没有哪怕一位比丘，对佛、法、僧，或者对道、对修行方法，还有疑惑或犹豫。’” “阿难，你这样说，是出于你的信心。但如来在这里，是以智慧确切了知的：在这比丘僧团中，确实没有哪怕一位比丘，对佛、法、僧，或者对道、对修行方法，还有疑惑或犹豫。阿难，因为在这五百位比丘里，就算是修行程度最末后的那位比丘，也已经是一位不堕恶道、必定无疑、正趋向于究竟觉悟的入流者了。”
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi , na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’’’ nti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Dutiyampi kho bhagavā…pe… tatiyampi kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā, pucchatha, bhikkhave, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha – ‘sammukhībhūto no satthā ahosi , na mayaṃ sakkhimhā bhagavantaṃ sammukhā paṭipucchitu’’’ nti. Tatiyampi kho te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘siyā kho pana, bhikkhave, satthugāravenapi na puccheyyātha. Sahāyakopi, bhikkhave, sahāyakassa ārocetū’’ti. Evaṃ vutte te bhikkhū tuṇhī ahesuṃ. Atha kho āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante, evaṃ pasanno ahaṃ, bhante, imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe, ‘natthi ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā’’’ti. ‘‘Pasādā kho tvaṃ, ānanda, vadesi, ñāṇameva hettha, ānanda, tathāgatassa. Natthi imasmiṃ bhikkhusaṅghe ekabhikkhussāpi kaṅkhā vā vimati vā buddhe vā dhamme vā saṅghe vā magge vā paṭipadāya vā. Imesañhi, ānanda, pañcannaṃ bhikkhusatānaṃ yo pacchimako bhikkhu, so sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo’’ti.
218接着，世尊对比丘们说：“好了，比丘们，我现在告诉你们：一切因缘和合而成的事物都是要灭去的，你们要以不放逸来成就！” 这就是如来最后的话语。
Atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā’’ti. Ayaṃ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.
328般涅槃论
Parinibbutakathā
329般涅槃论
Parinibbutakathā
219于是世尊进入初禅那，从初禅那出来后进入第二禅那，从第二禅那出来后进入第三禅那，从第三禅那出来后进入第四禅那。从第四禅那出来后进入空无边处，从空无边处定出来后进入识无边处，从识无边处定出来后进入无所有处，从无所有处定出来后进入非想非非想处，从非想非非想处定出来后进入想受灭。
Atha kho bhagavā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji. Catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpajji.
331那时，阿难尊者对阿那律尊者说：“阿那律尊者，世尊已经入灭了。”“阿难贤友，世尊不是入灭，而是进入了想受灭尽定。”
Atha kho āyasmā ānando āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘parinibbuto, bhante anuruddha , bhagavā’’ti. ‘‘Nāvuso ānanda, bhagavā parinibbuto, saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno’’ti.
332那时，世尊从想受灭定出来后，进入非想非非想处；从非想非非想处定出来后，进入无所有处；从无所有处定出来后，进入识无边处；从识无边处定出来后，进入空无边处；从空无边处定出来后，进入第四禅那；从第四禅那出来后，进入第三禅那；从第三禅那出来后，进入第二禅那；从第二禅那出来后，进入第一禅那；从第一禅那出来后，进入第二禅那；从第二禅那出来后，进入第三禅那；从第三禅那出来后，进入第四禅那；从第四禅那出来后，紧接着世尊般涅槃了。
Atha kho bhagavā saññāvedayitanirodhasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, nevasaññānāsaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākiñcaññāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākiñcaññāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā viññāṇañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, viññāṇañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā ākāsānañcāyatanaṃ samāpajji, ākāsānañcāyatanasamāpattiyā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā paṭhamaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā dutiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, dutiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā tatiyaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, tatiyajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā catutthaṃ jhānaṃ samāpajji, catutthajjhānā vuṭṭhahitvā samanantarā bhagavā parinibbāyi.
220世尊般涅槃时，与般涅槃同时，发生了大地震，令人恐怖、身毛竖立。天鼓也响起了。世尊般涅槃时，与般涅槃同时，梵天娑婆主说了这个偈颂：
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā mahābhūmicālo ahosi bhiṃsanako salomahaṃso. Devadundubhiyo ca phaliṃsu. Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā brahmāsahampati imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
334「一切有情在世间，都将舍弃诸积聚；
‘‘Sabbeva nikkhipissanti, bhūtā loke samussayaṃ;
335在那里有如此导师，世间无与伦比者；
Yattha etādiso satthā, loke appaṭipuggalo;
336如来具足诸力者，正自觉者般涅槃。」
Tathāgato balappatto, sambuddho parinibbuto’’ti.
221世尊入灭的那一刻，诸天之主帝释天王说出了这首偈颂：
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā sakko devānamindo imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
338「诸行确实是无常，是生灭之法；
‘‘Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, uppādavayadhammino;
339生起后灭去，它们的止息是乐。
Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho’’ti.
222世尊入灭的那一刻，阿那律尊者说出了这些偈颂：
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā anuruddho imā gāthāyo abhāsi –
341「那位心住立、如如者，没有入息出息；
‘‘Nāhu assāsapassāso, ṭhitacittassa tādino;
342牟尼无欲求，依于寂静，作了时节。
Anejo santimārabbha, yaṃ kālamakarī muni.
343以不退缩之心，他忍受诸受；
‘‘Asallīnena cittena, vedanaṃ ajjhavāsayi;
344如灯焰之涅槃，心解脱已成就。」
Pajjotasseva nibbānaṃ, vimokkho cetaso ahū’’ti.
223当世尊入般涅槃时，就在那一刻，阿难尊者说了这首偈颂：
Parinibbute bhagavati saha parinibbānā āyasmā ānando imaṃ gāthaṃ abhāsi –
346「那时确实令人恐怖，那时确实令人毛骨悚然；
‘‘Tadāsi yaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ, tadāsi lomahaṃsanaṃ;
347一切行相具足者，正觉者已般涅槃。
Sabbākāravarūpete, sambuddhe parinibbute’’ti.
224世尊般涅槃时，那些在那里未离贪的比丘们，有些人伸展手臂而哭泣，如被砍断之物倒下，辗转翻滚：「世尊般涅槃得太快了！善逝般涅槃得太快了！世间之眼消失得太快了！」然而那些已离贪的比丘们，他们具念、正知地忍受：「诸行无常，于此如何可得？」
Parinibbute bhagavati ye te tattha bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti vivaṭṭanti, ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto , atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti.
225于是，具寿阿那律对比丘们说：「够了，贤友们！不要忧愁，不要悲泣。贤友们，世尊不是早已预先说过：‘与一切亲爱、可意者，必有离别、分离、变异’吗？贤友们，在此又怎能得到：‘凡是已生、已成、被造作、败坏之法，竟然不要败坏’呢？这并无可能。贤友们，天人们正在责备。」 「然而，尊者，具寿阿那律作意的是怎样的天人呢？」
Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ vata mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati . Devatā, āvuso, ujjhāyantī’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃbhūtā pana, bhante, āyasmā anuruddho devatā manasi karotī’’ti ?
350「贤友阿难，有虚空中具地想的天人，她们散发而哭泣，伸展手臂而哭泣，如被砍断之物倒下，辗转翻滚：『世尊般涅槃得太快了！善逝般涅槃得太快了！世间之眼消失得太快了！』贤友阿难，有地上具地想的天人，她们散发而哭泣，伸展手臂而哭泣，如被砍断之物倒下，辗转翻滚：『世尊般涅槃得太快了！善逝般涅槃得太快了！世间之眼消失得太快了！』然而那些已离贪的天人，她们具念、正知地忍受：『诸行无常，于此如何可得？』那时，具寿阿那律和贤友阿难以法谈度过了那夜的剩余时间。
‘‘Santāvuso ānanda, devatā ākāse pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Santāvuso ānanda, devatā pathaviyā pathavīsaññiniyo kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto , atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’ti. Yā pana tā devatā vītarāgā, tā satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’ti. Atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca ānando taṃ rattāvasesaṃ dhammiyā kathāya vītināmesuṃ.
226于是，阿那律尊者对阿难尊者说：‘贤友阿难，你去拘尸那城，进城后通知拘尸那的马喇族人：“诸位贤德，世尊已经般涅槃了。现在，你们就按你们认为合适的去做吧。”’阿难尊者回答道：‘好的，大德。’他在清晨时分，穿好下衣，拿着钵和衣，带着一位同伴进入了拘尸那城。那时，拘尸那的马喇族人正聚集在会议厅里，正好也是为了商议这件事。于是阿难尊者来到会议厅，对马喇族人宣布：‘诸位贤德，世尊已经般涅槃了。现在，你们就按你们认为合适的去做吧。’听了阿难尊者这番话，马喇族的男子、青年、媳妇和妻子们全都悲痛忧伤，内心煎熬，有的散乱头发哭泣，有的举起手臂哭泣，有的扑倒在地翻来滚去，哀号说：‘世尊这么快就入灭了！善逝这么快就入灭了！世间的眼目这么快就消逝了！’
Atha kho āyasmā anuruddho āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gacchāvuso ānanda, kusināraṃ pavisitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocehi – ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bhante’’ti kho āyasmā ānando āyasmato anuruddhassa paṭissutvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya attadutiyo kusināraṃ pāvisi. Tena kho pana samayena kosinārakā mallā sandhāgāre sannipatitā honti teneva karaṇīyena. Atha kho āyasmā ānando yena kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ sandhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ ārocesi – ‘parinibbuto, vāseṭṭhā, bhagavā, yassadāni kālaṃ maññathā’ti. Idamāyasmato ānandassa vacanaṃ sutvā mallā ca mallaputtā ca mallasuṇisā ca mallapajāpatiyo ca aghāvino dummanā cetodukkhasamappitā appekacce kese pakiriya kandanti, bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti.
352佛陀舍利供养
Buddhasarīrapūjā
353佛陀舍利供养
Buddhasarīrapūjā
227于是，拘尸那的马喇族人命令仆从说：‘来吧，你们去把拘尸那城里所有的香、花鬘以及各种乐器都聚集起来！’接着，他们带着香、花鬘、各种乐器以及五百套成对的布料，前往马喇族沙罗树林中的休憩林，来到世尊的遗体前。到达后，他们就以舞蹈、歌唱、音乐，以及花鬘、香料来恭敬、尊重、礼敬、供养世尊的遗体，并架起布幔，搭起圆顶的帐幕。就这样，他们度过了一天。
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, kusinārāyaṃ gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ sannipātethā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā gandhamālañca sabbañca tāḷāvacaraṃ pañca ca dussayugasatāni ādāya yena upavattanaṃ mallānaṃ sālavanaṃ, yena bhagavato sarīraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu; upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā ekadivasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.
355这时，拘尸那的马喇人心里想：「今天世尊的遗体火化，时间实在太晚了。我们明天再火化世尊的遗体吧。」于是，拘尸那的马喇人就以舞蹈、歌唱、演奏、花鬘、香，来恭敬、尊重、崇敬、供养世尊的遗体，他们搭起布幔、准备圆形的帐棚，就这样过了第二天。接着，又过了第三天，又过了第四天，第五天，第六天。
Atha kho kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘ativikālo kho ajja bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpetuṃ, sve dāni mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā celavitānāni karontā maṇḍalamāḷe paṭiyādentā dutiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, tatiyampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, catutthampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, pañcamampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ, chaṭṭhampi divasaṃ vītināmesuṃ.
356到了第七天，拘尸那的马喇人心里想：「我们以舞蹈、歌唱、演奏、花鬘、香，恭敬、尊重、崇敬、供养世尊的遗体之后，要把遗体从城的南边穿过，抬到城外，再从城外绕到城的南边，在那里火化世尊的遗体。」
Atha kho sattamaṃ divasaṃ kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’’ti.
228可是就在那时候，八位刚洗过头、穿上新衣的马喇族领袖们，他们心想「我们一起来抬起世尊的遗体吧」，却怎么也抬不起来。于是，拘尸那的马喇人就对阿奴卢塔长老说：「阿奴卢塔尊者，是什么原因，是什么条件，使得这八位刚洗过头、穿上新衣的马喇族领袖们，心想『我们一起来抬起世尊的遗体』，却怎么也抬不起来呢？」「瓦塞塔们啊，你们的想法是这样，但天神的想法是另一个样。」「那么，尊者，天神的想法是怎样的呢？」「瓦塞塔们啊，你们的想法是：『我们以舞蹈、歌唱、演奏、花鬘、香，恭敬、尊重、崇敬、供养世尊的遗体之后，要把遗体从城的南边穿过，抬到城外，再从城外绕到城的南边，在那里火化世尊的遗体。』但是，瓦塞塔们啊，天神的想法是：『我们要以天界的舞蹈、歌唱、演奏、香，恭敬、尊重、崇敬、供养世尊的遗体之后，把遗体从城的北边穿过，抬到城外，再从北门抬进城里，穿过城的中央，然后从东门出去，到城东一个名叫系冠塔的马喇人圣地处，我们在那里火化世尊的遗体。』」「尊者啊，就依天神的想法去办吧。」
Tena kho pana samayena aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’’ti na sakkonti uccāretuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime aṭṭha mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ uccāressāmā’ti na sakkonti uccāretu’’nti? ‘‘Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, tumhākaṃ adhippāyo, aññathā devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Tumhākaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā dakkhiṇena dakkhiṇaṃ nagarassa haritvā bāhirena bāhiraṃ dakkhiṇato nagarassa bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti; devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi naccehi gītehi vāditehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha bhagavato sarīraṃ jhāpessāmā’ti. ‘‘Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū’’ti.
229就在那时，整个拘尸那城，乃至所有的墙缝、垃圾堆和角落，都铺满了齐膝高的曼陀罗花。接着，天神和拘尸那的马喇人，就以天界和人间两种的舞蹈、歌唱、演奏、花鬘、香，恭敬、尊重、崇敬、供养世尊的遗体之后，把遗体从城的北边穿过，抬到城外，再从北门抬进城里，穿过城的中央，然后从东门出去。到了城东那个名叫系冠塔的马喇人圣地处，他们就把世尊的遗体安放在那里。
Tena kho pana samayena kusinārā yāva sandhisamalasaṃkaṭīrā jaṇṇumattena odhinā mandāravapupphehi santhatā hoti. Atha kho devatā ca kosinārakā ca mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ dibbehi ca mānusakehi ca naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkarontā garuṃ karontā mānentā pūjentā uttarena uttaraṃ nagarassa haritvā uttarena dvārena nagaraṃ pavesetvā majjhena majjhaṃ nagarassa haritvā puratthimena dvārena nikkhamitvā puratthimato nagarassa makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ ettha ca bhagavato sarīraṃ nikkhipiṃsu.
230接着，拘尸那的马喇人就问阿难长老：「阿难尊者，我们应当如何处理如来的遗体呢？」「瓦塞塔们啊，就像人们处理转轮圣王的遗体那样，来处理如来的遗体就是了。」「那么，阿难尊者，人们是怎么处理转轮圣王的遗体的呢？」「瓦塞塔们啊，人们先用新的布包裹转轮圣王的遗体。用新布包裹好后，再用梳散的生棉包裹。用梳散的生棉包裹好后，再用新布包裹。用这个方式，以五百对新布和生棉包裹好转轮圣王的遗体后，再将它放入铁制的油槽中，用另一个铁槽盖上。然后，用各种香材堆成香堆，火化转轮圣王的遗体。之后，在四通八达的十字路口为转轮圣王建塔。瓦塞塔们啊，人们就是这样处理转轮圣王遗体的。就像处理转轮圣王的遗体那样，你们也应当这样处理如来的遗体。应当在四通八达的十字路口，为如来建塔。未来，那些在那里献花、供香、涂粉、顶礼，或在塔前让心生起净信的人，那将会为他们带来长久的利益与安乐。」于是，拘尸那的马喇人便命令手下的人说：「那么，伙计们，去收集马喇族用的梳散生棉吧。」
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘kathaṃ mayaṃ, bhante ānanda, tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjāmā’’ti? ‘‘Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabba’’nti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante ānanda, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjantī’’ti? ‘‘Rañño, vāseṭṭhā, cakkavattissa sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhenti, ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhenti, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhenti. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā rañño cakkavattissa sarīraṃ jhāpenti. Cātumahāpathe rañño cakkavattissa thūpaṃ karonti . Evaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti. Yathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, rañño cakkavattissa sarīre paṭipajjanti, evaṃ tathāgatassa sarīre paṭipajjitabbaṃ. Cātumahāpathe tathāgatassa thūpo kātabbo. Tattha ye mālaṃ vā gandhaṃ vā cuṇṇakaṃ vā āropessanti vā abhivādessanti vā cittaṃ vā pasādessanti, tesaṃ taṃ bhavissati dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāyā’’ti. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā purise āṇāpesuṃ – ‘‘tena hi, bhaṇe, mallānaṃ vihataṃ kappāsaṃ sannipātethā’’ti.
360于是，拘尸那的马喇人先用新布包裹世尊的遗体，接着用梳散的生棉来包裹。用梳散的生棉包裹好后，再包上新布。就用这个方式，以五百对新布和生棉包裹好世尊的遗体后，再将它放入铁制的油槽中，用另一个铁槽盖上。然后，用各种香材堆成香堆，将世尊的遗体抬上香堆。
Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīraṃ ahatena vatthena veṭhetvā vihatena kappāsena veṭhesuṃ, vihatena kappāsena veṭhetvā ahatena vatthena veṭhesuṃ. Etena upāyena pañcahi yugasatehi bhagavato sarīraṃ veṭhetvā āyasāya teladoṇiyā pakkhipitvā aññissā āyasāya doṇiyā paṭikujjitvā sabbagandhānaṃ citakaṃ karitvā bhagavato sarīraṃ citakaṃ āropesuṃ.
361大迦叶长老事
Mahākassapattheravatthu
231那时，大迦叶尊者正带着五百位比丘，从帕瓦到拘尸那的途中。大迦叶尊者离开大路后，在一棵树下坐着。那时，有个邪命外道，从拘尸那拿着曼陀罗花，走在往帕瓦的路上。大迦叶尊者远远看到那个邪命外道走来，便对他说：‘朋友，你知道我们的导师的消息吗？’他回答：‘是的，朋友，我知道。沙门乔达摩已经在七日前般涅槃了。这朵曼陀罗花，就是我从那里拿来的。’听到这消息，那些还有爱染未断的比丘，有的高举双臂嚎啕大哭，有的跌倒在地，来回翻滚，痛苦不堪，喊着：‘世尊太早般涅槃了！善逝太早般涅槃了！世间的明灯，这么快就消失了！’而那些已经断除爱染的比丘，他们则保持正念，清楚地了知，安然接受，说着：‘诸行无常，这是不可避免的。’
Tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo maggā okkamma aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi. Tena kho pana samayena aññataro ājīvako kusinārāya mandāravapupphaṃ gahetvā pāvaṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno hoti. Addasā kho āyasmā mahākassapo taṃ ājīvakaṃ dūratova āgacchantaṃ, disvā taṃ ājīvakaṃ etadavoca – ‘‘apāvuso, amhākaṃ satthāraṃ jānāsī’’ti? ‘‘Āmāvuso, jānāmi, ajja sattāhaparinibbuto samaṇo gotamo. Tato me idaṃ mandāravapupphaṃ gahita’’nti. Tattha ye te bhikkhū avītarāgā appekacce bāhā paggayha kandanti, chinnapātaṃ papatanti, āvaṭṭanti, vivaṭṭanti – ‘‘atikhippaṃ bhagavā parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ sugato parinibbuto, atikhippaṃ cakkhuṃ loke antarahito’’ti. Ye pana te bhikkhū vītarāgā, te satā sampajānā adhivāsenti – ‘‘aniccā saṅkhārā, taṃ kutettha labbhā’’ti.
232那时，在比丘僧众里，坐着一位名叫须跋陀罗的老年出家者。他对那些比丘们说：‘够了，朋友们！不要忧伤，不要悲泣了。我们算是从那个大沙门那里解脱了。他一直管着我们，说‘这件事你们可以做，那件事你们不可以做’。现在我们可以随心所欲了，想做什么就做什么，不想做的就不用做了！’大迦叶尊者对比丘们说：‘够了，朋友们！不要忧伤，不要悲泣。这难道不是世尊预先就开示过的吗？一切我们喜爱、合意的事物，终会与我们分离、相别、变异。朋友，这是无法避免的。想要让那已生、已成、有为、注定败坏的如来的色身不坏灭，这是不可能的。’
Tena kho pana samayena subhaddo nāma vuddhapabbajito tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. Atha kho subhaddo vuddhapabbajito te bhikkhū etadavoca – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha, sumuttā mayaṃ tena mahāsamaṇena. Upaddutā ca homa – ‘idaṃ vo kappati, idaṃ vo na kappatī’ti. Idāni pana mayaṃ yaṃ icchissāma, taṃ karissāma, yaṃ na icchissāma, na taṃ karissāmā’’ti. Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo bhikkhū āmantesi – ‘‘alaṃ, āvuso, mā socittha, mā paridevittha. Nanu etaṃ , āvuso, bhagavatā paṭikacceva akkhātaṃ – ‘sabbeheva piyehi manāpehi nānābhāvo vinābhāvo aññathābhāvo’. Taṃ kutettha, āvuso, labbhā. ‘Yaṃ taṃ jātaṃ bhūtaṃ saṅkhataṃ palokadhammaṃ, taṃ tathāgatassāpi sarīraṃ mā palujjī’ti, netaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjatī’’ti.
233那时，有四位马喇族的首领，他们沐浴净身，头戴香花，身穿干净的新衣，想要点燃世尊的香木堆，却怎么也点不着。拘尸那的马喇人就问阿那律尊者：‘尊者阿那律，是什么原因，什么理由，让这四位首领沐浴整装，却点不燃世尊的香木堆呢？’阿那律尊者回答：‘瓦塞塔们，是天神们有其他的意思。’‘尊者，天神们是什么意思呢？’‘瓦塞塔们，天神们的意思是：大迦叶尊者正带着五百位比丘，从帕瓦走在前往拘尸那的路上。世尊的香木堆现在还不能燃烧，要等他前来，用头来顶礼世尊的双足之后才可以。’‘尊者，既然天神们如此期望，那就这样吧。’
Tena kho pana samayena cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – ‘‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā āyasmantaṃ anuruddhaṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘ko nu kho, bhante anuruddha, hetu ko paccayo, yenime cattāro mallapāmokkhā sīsaṃnhātā ahatāni vatthāni nivatthā – ‘mayaṃ bhagavato citakaṃ āḷimpessāmā’ti na sakkonti āḷimpetu’’nti? ‘‘Aññathā kho, vāseṭṭhā, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti. ‘‘Kathaṃ pana, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo’’ti? ‘‘Devatānaṃ kho, vāseṭṭhā, adhippāyo – ‘ayaṃ āyasmā mahākassapo pāvāya kusināraṃ addhānamaggappaṭippanno mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ pañcamattehi bhikkhusatehi. Na tāva bhagavato citako pajjalissati, yāvāyasmā mahākassapo bhagavato pāde sirasā na vandissatī’’’ti. ‘‘Yathā, bhante, devatānaṃ adhippāyo, tathā hotū’’ti.
234大迦叶尊者来到了拘尸那城马喇族人的天冠寺，世尊的香木堆前。他走过去，将上衣偏袒右肩，双手合十，恭敬地右绕香木堆三圈，然后以头面礼世尊的双足。随行的五百位比丘也一起偏袒右肩，双手合十，右绕香木堆三圈，以头面礼世尊的双足。就在大迦叶尊者和那五百位比丘顶礼之后，世尊的香木堆就自己燃烧起来了。
Atha kho āyasmā mahākassapo yena kusinārā makuṭabandhanaṃ nāma mallānaṃ cetiyaṃ, yena bhagavato citako tenupasaṅkami; upasaṅkamitvā ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandi. Tānipi kho pañcabhikkhusatāni ekaṃsaṃ cīvaraṃ katvā añjaliṃ paṇāmetvā tikkhattuṃ citakaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā bhagavato pāde sirasā vandiṃsu. Vandite ca panāyasmatā mahākassapena tehi ca pañcahi bhikkhusatehi sayameva bhagavato citako pajjali.
235然而，当世尊的身体燃烧时，凡是皮肤、表皮、肌肉、筋腱、关节液，这些既没有出现灰烬，也没有烟灰；只剩下舍利。譬如酥油或油燃烧时，既没有出现灰烬，也没有烟灰；同样地，当世尊的身体燃烧时，凡是皮肤、表皮、肌肉、筋腱、关节液，这些既没有出现灰烬，也没有烟灰；只剩下舍利。那五百双衣中，只有两件衣没有烧掉，即最里面的和最外面的。当世尊的身体烧尽后，从虚空中出现水流，熄灭了世尊的火葬堆。沙喇树也倾泻水流，熄灭了世尊的火葬堆。拘尸那的马喇们也用一切香水熄灭了世尊的火葬堆。那时，拘尸那的马喇们在集会堂里，用矛栏围绕，用弓墙环绕，以舞蹈、歌唱、音乐、花鬘、香料，恭敬、尊重、尊敬、礼敬世尊的舍利七天。
Jhāyamānassa kho pana bhagavato sarīrassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Seyyathāpi nāma sappissa vā telassa vā jhāyamānassa neva chārikā paññāyati, na masi; evameva bhagavato sarīrassa jhāyamānassa yaṃ ahosi chavīti vā cammanti vā maṃsanti vā nhārūti vā lasikāti vā, tassa neva chārikā paññāyittha, na masi; sarīrāneva avasissiṃsu. Tesañca pañcannaṃ dussayugasatānaṃ dveva dussāni na ḍayhiṃsu yañca sabbaabbhantarimaṃ yañca bāhiraṃ. Daḍḍhe ca kho pana bhagavato sarīre antalikkhā udakadhārā pātubhavitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Udakasālatopi abbhunnamitvā bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesi. Kosinārakāpi mallā sabbagandhodakena bhagavato citakaṃ nibbāpesuṃ. Atha kho kosinārakā mallā bhagavato sarīrāni sattāhaṃ sandhāgāre sattipañjaraṃ karitvā dhanupākāraṃ parikkhipāpetvā naccehi gītehi vāditehi mālehi gandhehi sakkariṃsu garuṃ kariṃsu mānesuṃ pūjesuṃ.
367舍利分配
Sarīradhātuvibhājanaṃ
236摩揭陀国的阿阇世王听到消息：‘听说世尊已经在拘尸那城般涅槃了。’于是，摩揭陀国的阿阇世王便派遣使者到拘尸那的马喇人那里，对他们说：‘世尊是刹帝利，我也是刹帝利。我也有资格获得一份世尊的舍利，并为世尊的舍利建造一座大塔供养。’
Assosi kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo ahampi khattiyo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti.
369毗舍离的离车人听说了这个消息：‘听说世尊已经在拘尸那入般涅槃了。’于是，毗舍离的离车人便派遣使者到拘尸那的马喇人那里，对他们说：‘世尊是刹帝利，我们也是刹帝利，我们也有资格分得一份世尊的舍利，我们也要为世尊的舍利建塔并举行大供养。’
Assosuṃ kho vesālikā licchavī – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho vesālikā licchavī kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
370住在迦毗罗卫城的释迦族人听说了这个消息：‘听说世尊已经在拘尸那入般涅槃了。’于是，住在迦毗罗卫城的释迦族人便派遣使者到拘尸那的马喇人那里，对他们说：‘世尊是我们亲族中至高无上的人，我们也有资格分得一份世尊的舍利，我们也要为世尊的舍利建塔并举行大供养。’
Assosuṃ kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho kapilavatthuvāsī sakyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭho , mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
371阿拉卡帕的布雷人听说了这个消息：‘听说世尊已经在拘尸那入般涅槃了。’于是，阿拉卡帕的布雷人便派遣使者到拘尸那的马喇人那里，对他们说：‘世尊是刹帝利，我们也是刹帝利，我们也有资格分得一份世尊的舍利，我们也要为世尊的舍利建塔并举行大供养。’
Assosuṃ kho allakappakā bulayo – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho allakappakā bulayo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti .
372住在罗摩村的拘利族人听说了这个消息：‘听说世尊已经在拘尸那入般涅槃了。’于是，住在罗摩村的拘利族人便派遣使者到拘尸那的马喇人那里，对他们说：‘世尊是刹帝利，我们也是刹帝利，我们也有资格分得一份世尊的舍利，我们也要为世尊的舍利建塔并举行大供养。’
Assosuṃ kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho rāmagāmakā koḷiyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
373呔提岛的一位婆罗门听说了这个消息：‘听说世尊已经在拘尸那入般涅槃了。’于是，这位呔提岛的婆罗门便派遣使者到拘尸那的马喇人那里，对他们说：‘世尊是刹帝利，而我呢，是位婆罗门，我也有资格分得一份世尊的舍利，我也要为世尊的舍利建塔并举行大供养。’
Assosi kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho veṭṭhadīpako brāhmaṇo kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesi – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo ahaṃ pismi brāhmaṇo, ahampi arahāmi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, ahampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti.
374波婆城的马喇人听说了这个消息：‘听说世尊已经在拘尸那入般涅槃了。’于是，波婆城的马喇人便派遣使者到拘尸那的马喇人那里，对他们说：‘世尊是刹帝利，我们也是刹帝利，我们也有资格分得一份世尊的舍利，我们也要为世尊的舍利建塔并举行大供养。’
Assosuṃ kho pāveyyakā mallā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho pāveyyakā mallā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti.
375听了这话，拘尸那的马喇人便对这些团体群众说：“世尊是在我们村子的地界内般涅槃的，我们不会交出任何一份世尊的遗骨。”
Evaṃ vutte kosinārakā mallā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavocuṃ – ‘‘bhagavā amhākaṃ gāmakkhette parinibbuto, na mayaṃ dassāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāga’’nti.
237这么一说，那位叫徒卢那的婆罗门便对这些团体群众开了口：
Evaṃ vutte doṇo brāhmaṇo te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca –
377「诸位尊者请听我一言，
‘‘Suṇantu bhonto mama ekavācaṃ,
378我们的佛陀是忍辱的教导者；
Amhāka ; Buddho ahu khantivādo;
379对于最上人的
Na hi sādhu yaṃ uttamapuggalassa,
380舍利部分若有争斗，实在不善。
Sarīrabhāge siyā sampahāro.
381诸位尊者一切都应和合、团结，
Sabbeva bhonto sahitā samaggā,
382欢喜地作八部分；
Sammodamānā karomaṭṭhabhāge;
383愿诸方的塔广大，
Vitthārikā hontu disāsu thūpā,
384愿众多人对具眼者有信心。」
Bahū janā cakkhumato pasannā’’ti.
238「那么，婆罗门，你自己将世尊的舍利平等地分成八份吧。」「是的，尊者。」多那婆罗门应允那些团体、群众后，将世尊的舍利平等地善分成八份后，对那些团体、群众说：「诸位尊者，请给我这个瓶，我也将为瓶建塔与大供养。」他们将瓶给了多那婆罗门。
‘‘Tena hi, brāhmaṇa, tvaññeva bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ savibhattaṃ vibhajāhī’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ, bho’’ti kho doṇo brāhmaṇo tesaṃ saṅghānaṃ gaṇānaṃ paṭissutvā bhagavato sarīrāni aṭṭhadhā samaṃ suvibhattaṃ vibhajitvā te saṅghe gaṇe etadavoca – ‘‘imaṃ me bhonto tumbaṃ dadantu ahampi tumbassa thūpañca mahañca karissāmī’’ti. Adaṃsu kho te doṇassa brāhmaṇassa tumbaṃ.
386毕波离瓦那的莫利亚族人听说：「世尊已在拘尸那般涅槃。」于是毕波离瓦那的莫利亚族人派遣使者到拘尸那的马喇人处：「世尊也是刹帝利，我们也是刹帝利，我们也应得世尊舍利的一份，我们也将为世尊的舍利建塔与大供养。」「世尊的舍利已无份额，世尊的舍利已被分配。从这里取炭吧。」他们从那里取了炭。
Assosuṃ kho pippalivaniyā moriyā – ‘‘bhagavā kira kusinārāyaṃ parinibbuto’’ti. Atha kho pippalivaniyā moriyā kosinārakānaṃ mallānaṃ dūtaṃ pāhesuṃ – ‘‘bhagavāpi khattiyo mayampi khattiyā, mayampi arahāma bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgaṃ, mayampi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca karissāmā’’ti. ‘‘Natthi bhagavato sarīrānaṃ bhāgo, vibhattāni bhagavato sarīrāni. Ito aṅgāraṃ harathā’’ti. Te tato aṅgāraṃ hariṃsu .
387舍利塔供养
Dhātuthūpapūjā
388舍利塔供养
Dhātuthūpapūjā
239之后，摩揭陀王、韦提希的儿子阿阇世，在王舍城为世尊的遗骨建了大供养塔。毗舍离的离车族人也在毗舍离为世尊的遗骨建了大供养塔。住在迦毗罗卫的释迦族人在迦毗罗卫为世尊的遗骨建了大供养塔。阿拉咖巴的布罗人在阿拉咖巴为世尊的遗骨建了大供养塔。罗摩村的拘利族人在罗摩村为世尊的遗骨建了大供养塔。韦塔迪巴的婆罗门在韦塔迪巴为世尊的遗骨建了大供养塔。巴韦的马喇族人在巴韦为世尊的遗骨建了大供养塔。拘尸那的马喇族人在拘尸那为世尊的遗骨建了大供养塔。那位徒卢那婆罗门也为那个陶罐建了大供养塔。毕钵离林的莫利亚族人在毕钵离林为那些木炭建了大供养塔。就这样，有八座舍利塔，第九座是陶罐塔，第十座是木炭塔。这是过去曾发生过的事。
Atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto rājagahe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Vesālikāpi licchavī vesāliyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kapilavatthuvāsīpi sakyā kapilavatthusmiṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Allakappakāpi bulayo allakappe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Rāmagāmakāpi koḷiyā rāmagāme bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Veṭṭhadīpakopi brāhmaṇo veṭṭhadīpe bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pāveyyakāpi mallā pāvāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Kosinārakāpi mallā kusinārāyaṃ bhagavato sarīrānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Doṇopi brāhmaṇo tumbassa thūpañca mahañca akāsi. Pippalivaniyāpi moriyā pippalivane aṅgārānaṃ thūpañca mahañca akaṃsu. Iti aṭṭha sarīrathūpā navamo tumbathūpo dasamo aṅgārathūpo. Evametaṃ bhūtapubbanti.
240具眼者的舍利有八斗那，七斗那在阎浮提受尊敬。
Aṭṭhadoṇaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ, sattadoṇaṃ jambudīpe mahenti.
391而最上人的一斗那，龙王在拉马村尊敬。
Ekañca doṇaṃ purisavaruttamassa, rāmagāme nāgarājā maheti.
392一颗牙齿在三十三天受供养，一颗在甘达拉城受尊敬；
Ekāhi dāṭhā tidivehi pūjitā, ekā pana gandhārapure mahīyati;
393在咖陵伽王的领土中又有一位，一位龙王受到尊崇。
Kāliṅgarañño vijite punekaṃ, ekaṃ pana nāgarājā maheti.
394以他的威力，这大地，
Tasseva tejena ayaṃ vasundharā,
395以最胜的供养物装饰大地；
Āyāgaseṭṭhehi mahī alaṅkatā;
396如是这位具眼者的身体，
Evaṃ imaṃ cakkhumato sarīraṃ,
397被应受恭敬者善加恭敬。
Susakkataṃ sakkatasakkatehi.
398被天帝、龙王、人王所礼敬，
Devindanāgindanarindapūjito ,
399同样被最胜的人中之尊所礼敬；
Manussindaseṭṭhehi tatheva pūjito;
400你们合掌礼敬他，
Taṃ vandatha pañjalikā labhitvā,
401诸佛确实百劫难遇。
Buddho have kappasatehi dullabhoti.
402四十颗平齐的牙齿，以及所有的头发和体毛；
Cattālīsa samā dantā, kesā lomā ca sabbaso;
403诸天各取一个，遍及轮围世界。
Devā hariṃsu ekekaṃ, cakkavāḷaparamparāti.
404大般涅槃经完 第三
Mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ tatiyaṃ.